WO2014100227A1 - Transthyretin stabilizers and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions - Google Patents
Transthyretin stabilizers and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014100227A1 WO2014100227A1 PCT/US2013/076213 US2013076213W WO2014100227A1 WO 2014100227 A1 WO2014100227 A1 WO 2014100227A1 US 2013076213 W US2013076213 W US 2013076213W WO 2014100227 A1 WO2014100227 A1 WO 2014100227A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- substituted
- compound
- ttr
- alkyl
- pharmaceutically acceptable
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000004850 protein–protein interaction Effects 0.000 title claims description 19
- 201000007905 transthyretin amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 title claims description 13
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 title claims description 8
- 108010071690 Prealbumin Proteins 0.000 title description 223
- 102000009190 Transthyretin Human genes 0.000 title description 221
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 title description 13
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 387
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 116
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 89
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 48
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 48
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- -1 amino, substituted amino Chemical group 0.000 claims description 243
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 112
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 107
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 107
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 88
- 125000000266 alpha-aminoacyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 86
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 80
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 70
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 66
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 66
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 66
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 63
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 63
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 57
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 56
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 56
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 56
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 claims description 56
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 55
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 53
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 51
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 49
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 47
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 claims description 46
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 claims description 46
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 45
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 45
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 44
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 44
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 44
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 43
- 150000002084 enol ethers Chemical class 0.000 claims description 43
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 42
- 150000002373 hemiacetals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 42
- 150000002905 orthoesters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 41
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 40
- 206010002022 amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 39
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 38
- 230000003941 amyloidogenesis Effects 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 claims description 22
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 claims description 21
- OBTWBSRJZRCYQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl difluoride Chemical compound FS(F)(=O)=O OBTWBSRJZRCYQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 21
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 20
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 20
- 206010002023 Amyloidoses Diseases 0.000 claims description 19
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 claims description 19
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 208000034846 Familial Amyloid Neuropathies Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 206010019889 Hereditary neuropathic amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- ZHXTWWCDMUWMDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxyboron Chemical compound O[B]O ZHXTWWCDMUWMDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010002026 amyotrophic lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 7
- 206010007509 Cardiac amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000002981 neuropathic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000027121 wild type ATTR amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 201000010374 Down Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 201000011240 Frontotemporal dementia Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000010412 Glaucoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010036105 Polyneuropathy Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000034700 Vitreous opacities Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000006297 carbonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:2])C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000002780 macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000023356 medullary thyroid gland carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000007824 polyneuropathy Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000001072 type 2 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000736355 Euthyroides Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010016202 Familial Amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000024777 Prion disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 claims description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000003968 hyperthyroxinemia Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical class [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims 10
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 abstract description 26
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 abstract description 12
- 229920000333 poly(propyleneimine) Polymers 0.000 abstract 1
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 61
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 46
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 41
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 39
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 35
- 229960001353 tafamidis Drugs 0.000 description 35
- TXEIIPDJKFWEEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N tafamidis Chemical compound O1C2=CC(C(=O)O)=CC=C2N=C1C1=CC(Cl)=CC(Cl)=C1 TXEIIPDJKFWEEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- WBFUHHBPNXWNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-(3,5-dimethyl-1h-pyrazol-4-yl)propoxy]-4-fluorobenzoic acid Chemical compound CC1=NNC(C)=C1CCCOC1=CC(C(O)=O)=CC=C1F WBFUHHBPNXWNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 31
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 29
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 28
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 28
- 229940126062 Compound A Drugs 0.000 description 27
- NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heterophylliin A Natural products O1C2COC(=O)C3=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=C3C(=O)OC2C(OC(=O)C=2C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=2)C(O)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 26
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 22
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 22
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 22
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 21
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 18
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 17
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 15
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 15
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 13
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 13
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 11
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 238000002875 fluorescence polarization Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 238000000111 isothermal titration calorimetry Methods 0.000 description 10
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 9
- 102000001049 Amyloid Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108010094108 Amyloid Proteins 0.000 description 9
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 9
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 9
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 8
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 8
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 8
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 8
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 8
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 8
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 0 CCC(CC=C(*)CCCC[C@@](C)[C@](C)C(C)C)N Chemical compound CCC(CC=C(*)CCCC[C@@](C)[C@](C)C(C)C)N 0.000 description 7
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 7
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical class CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 7
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 7
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 7
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 7
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000015424 sodium Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 7
- 102100034452 Alternative prion protein Human genes 0.000 description 6
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000001525 retina Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 5
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 5
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000002418 meninge Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000000578 peripheral nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004198 2-fluorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(F)=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- 102000004506 Blood Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010017384 Blood Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N Deuterated methanol Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000001327 Förster resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 4
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000000500 calorimetric titration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 4
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000020477 pH reduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000005022 packaging material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000006215 rectal suppository Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenylpropionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000009091 Amyloidogenic Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010048112 Amyloidogenic Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 3
- 101150041968 CDC13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000623 Cellulose acetate phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 208000020406 Creutzfeldt Jacob disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000003407 Creutzfeldt-Jakob Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000010859 Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 3
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 3
- 108091000054 Prion Proteins 0.000 description 3
- QNVSXXGDAPORNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Resveratrol Natural products OC1=CC=CC(C=CC=2C=C(O)C(O)=CC=2)=C1 QNVSXXGDAPORNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 3
- LUKBXSAWLPMMSZ-OWOJBTEDSA-N Trans-resveratrol Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1\C=C\C1=CC(O)=CC(O)=C1 LUKBXSAWLPMMSZ-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100040247 Tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000003942 amyloidogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004671 cell-free system Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009881 electrostatic interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 3
- 201000006061 fatal familial insomnia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 3
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N isethionic acid Chemical compound OCCS(O)(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-hexanoic acid Natural products CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000022256 primary systemic amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000004845 protein aggregation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000021283 resveratrol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940016667 resveratrol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000003375 selectivity assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229940117958 vinyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 3
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ICLYJLBTOGPLMC-KVVVOXFISA-N (z)-octadec-9-enoate;tris(2-hydroxyethyl)azanium Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO.CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ICLYJLBTOGPLMC-KVVVOXFISA-N 0.000 description 2
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (±)-α-Tocopherol Chemical compound OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2OC(CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-difluorocyclohexane Chemical compound FC1(F)CCCCC1 ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WGIMXKDCVCTHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCOCCO WGIMXKDCVCTHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FKOKUHFZNIUSLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Hydroxypropyl stearate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(C)O FKOKUHFZNIUSLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AZKSAVLVSZKNRD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].S1C(C)=C(C)N=C1[N+]1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=NN1C1=CC=CC=C1 AZKSAVLVSZKNRD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- SETMMEBRYMVXQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-(3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)propoxy]-N-ethyl-4-fluorobenzamide Chemical compound CCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C(OCCCC2=C(NN=C2C)C)=C1 SETMMEBRYMVXQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MSDMNAITRBLHSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-(3,5-dimethyl-1h-pyrazol-4-yl)propoxy]-4-fluorobenzamide Chemical compound CC1=NNC(C)=C1CCCOC1=CC(C(N)=O)=CC=C1F MSDMNAITRBLHSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-cyclopentylpropionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1CCCC1 ZRPLANDPDWYOMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloro-2-n,2-n-diethylpyrimidine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=NC(N)=CC(Cl)=N1 XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000004322 Butylated hydroxytoluene Substances 0.000 description 2
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000031229 Cardiomyopathies Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical group OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-GFCCVEGCSA-N D-thyroxine Chemical compound IC1=CC(C[C@@H](N)C(O)=O)=CC(I)=C1OC1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1 XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-GFCCVEGCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 2
- 108050001049 Extracellular proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282324 Felis Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.ON WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000007584 Prealbumin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propyl gallate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyruvic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C(O)=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008156 Ringer's lactate solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 2
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008351 acetate buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- YRKCREAYFQTBPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetylacetone Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(C)=O YRKCREAYFQTBPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940069428 antacid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003159 antacid agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008122 artificial sweetener Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012216 bentonite Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001649 bromium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940095259 butylated hydroxytoluene Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002057 carboxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC(=O)C([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 2
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940081734 cellulose acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002784 cytotoxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008355 dextrose injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HUPFGZXOMWLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diflunisal Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(C(=O)O)=CC(C=2C(=CC(F)=CC=2)F)=C1 HUPFGZXOMWLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000616 diflunisal Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000013870 dimethyl polysiloxane Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000375 direct analysis in real time Methods 0.000 description 2
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019800 disodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl hydrogen sulfate Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCOS(O)(=O)=O MOTZDAYCYVMXPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012063 dual-affinity re-targeting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000013399 edible fruits Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002330 electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- PQVSTLUFSYVLTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl n-ethoxycarbonylcarbamate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)NC(=O)OCC PQVSTLUFSYVLTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000007888 film coating Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009501 film coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 150000004694 iodide salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940040692 lithium hydroxide monohydrate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- GLXDVVHUTZTUQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium hydroxide monohydrate Substances [Li+].O.[OH-] GLXDVVHUTZTUQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000003589 local anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960005015 local anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000040 m-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C(=C1[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- IFHDKMKYMHCUBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 4-fluoro-3-[3-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)propoxy]benzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C(OCCCC2=NNN=N2)=C1 IFHDKMKYMHCUBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N muconic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C=CC=CC(O)=O TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010606 normalization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003261 o-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical group CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical group CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000636 p-nitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZQBAKBUEJOMQEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 ZQBAKBUEJOMQEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pivalic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(O)=O IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000435 poly(dimethylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940093625 propylene glycol monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000012846 protein folding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007111 proteostasis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000002345 respiratory system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003352 sequestering agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002379 silicone rubber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium carbonate Substances [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229940035044 sorbitan monolaurate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000011069 sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001593 sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940035049 sorbitan monooleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008117 stearic acid Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940034208 thyroxine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N thyroxine-binding globulin Natural products IC1=CC(CC([NH3+])C([O-])=O)=CC(I)=C1OC1=CC(I)=C(O)C(I)=C1 XUIIKFGFIJCVMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940117013 triethanolamine oleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000004953 trihalomethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K tripotassium phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002424 x-ray crystallography Methods 0.000 description 2
- LSPHULWDVZXLIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-Camphoric acid Chemical compound CC1(C)C(C(O)=O)CCC1(C)C(O)=O LSPHULWDVZXLIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NWZSZGALRFJKBT-KNIFDHDWSA-N (2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid;(2s)-2-hydroxybutanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O.NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O NWZSZGALRFJKBT-KNIFDHDWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N (3s)-4-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[[(1s)-1-carboxy-2-hydroxyethyl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-3-[[2-[[(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN MZOFCQQQCNRIBI-VMXHOPILSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N (S)-camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoserine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEFLKXRACNJHOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dibromopropane Chemical compound BrCCCBr VEFLKXRACNJHOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VFWCMGCRMGJXDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chlorobutane Chemical compound CCCCCl VFWCMGCRMGJXDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VUQPJRPDRDVQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chlorooctadecane Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCl VUQPJRPDRDVQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KLIDCXVFHGNTTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dimethoxyphenol Chemical group COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1O KLIDCXVFHGNTTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OEPOKWHJYJXUGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-phenylmethoxyphenyl)-1,3-thiazole-4-carbaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CSC(C=2C=C(OCC=3C=CC=CC=3)C=CC=2)=N1 OEPOKWHJYJXUGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OBTZDIRUQWFRFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)-n-(4-methylphenyl)quinoline-4-carboxamide Chemical compound O1C(C)=CC=C1C1=CC(C(=O)NC=2C=CC(C)=CC=2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=N1 OBTZDIRUQWFRFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFWRDBDJAOHXSH-SECBINFHSA-N 2-azaniumylethyl [(2r)-2,3-diacetyloxypropyl] phosphate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(C)=O)COP(O)(=O)OCCN CFWRDBDJAOHXSH-SECBINFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004182 2-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(Cl)=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- UPHOPMSGKZNELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxynaphthalene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)O)=C(O)C=CC2=C1 UPHOPMSGKZNELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940080296 2-naphthalenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WMPPDTMATNBGJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethylbromide Chemical class BrCCC1=CC=CC=C1 WMPPDTMATNBGJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODJQKYXPKWQWNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3'-Thiobispropanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCSCCC(O)=O ODJQKYXPKWQWNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004189 3,4-dichlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(Cl)=C(Cl)C([H])=C1* 0.000 description 1
- XLZYKTYMLBOINK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)=C1 XLZYKTYMLBOINK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRZGWYWFSNRWDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-(3,5-dimethyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)propoxy]-4-fluorobenzoic acid Chemical compound CC1=NOC(C)=C1CCCOC1=CC(C(O)=O)=CC=C1F FRZGWYWFSNRWDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006275 3-bromophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(Br)=C([H])C(*)=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004179 3-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C(Cl)=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004180 3-fluorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C(F)=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- MJKVTPMWOKAVMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxy-1-benzopyran-2-one Chemical class C1=CC=C2OC(=O)C(O)=CC2=C1 MJKVTPMWOKAVMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004208 3-hydroxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C(*)=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-phenylpropionate Chemical class [O-]C(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000004800 4-bromophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Br 0.000 description 1
- RJWBTWIBUIGANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 RJWBTWIBUIGANW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004801 4-cyanophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(C#N)=C([H])C([H])=C1* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004860 4-ethylphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- CJCHPTISCQGNAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluoro-3-[3-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)propoxy]benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C(OCCCC2=NNN=N2)=C1 CJCHPTISCQGNAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001255 4-fluorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1F 0.000 description 1
- ALEVUYMOJKJJSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-2-propylbenzoic acid Chemical class CCCC1=CC(O)=CC=C1C(O)=O ALEVUYMOJKJJSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004203 4-hydroxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004199 4-trifluoromethylphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- PXRKCOCTEMYUEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-aminoisoindole-1,3-dione Chemical compound NC1=CC=C2C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1 PXRKCOCTEMYUEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-{[2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(phosphanyloxy)oxan-3-yl]oxy}-4,5-dihydroxy-3-phosphanyloxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(O)=O)C(P)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(C(O)=O)OC(OP)C(O)C1O FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100067974 Arabidopsis thaliana POP2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000014644 Brain disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M Butyrate Chemical compound CCCC([O-])=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Natural products CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100031650 C-X-C chemokine receptor type 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- DICXVWCJDUHLBX-XVNBXDOJSA-N CC/C=C/OCCCC#N Chemical compound CC/C=C/OCCCC#N DICXVWCJDUHLBX-XVNBXDOJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBWGWHHXYFMJMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC(c(cc1)cc(OCCC[Br]=C)c1F)=O Chemical compound COC(c(cc1)cc(OCCC[Br]=C)c1F)=O HBWGWHHXYFMJMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DRSHXJFUUPIBHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N COc1ccc(cc1)N1N=CC2C=NC(Nc3cc(OC)c(OC)c(OCCCN4CCN(C)CC4)c3)=NC12 Chemical compound COc1ccc(cc1)N1N=CC2C=NC(Nc3cc(OC)c(OC)c(OCCCN4CCN(C)CC4)c3)=NC12 DRSHXJFUUPIBHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical class [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Caprylic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BSGBVHHTUFFXHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1c(CCCOc(c(C)c2)c(C)cc2C(OC)=O)c(C)n[nH]1 Chemical compound Cc1c(CCCOc(c(C)c2)c(C)cc2C(OC)=O)c(C)n[nH]1 BSGBVHHTUFFXHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KEYTZORNUMGOBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1c(CCCOc(cc(cc2)C(OC)=O)c2Cl)c(C)n[nH]1 Chemical compound Cc1c(CCCOc(cc(cc2)C(OC)=O)c2Cl)c(C)n[nH]1 KEYTZORNUMGOBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QUKUTVLUNIHTJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc1c(CCCOc(cc2)ccc2F)c(C)n[nH]1 Chemical compound Cc1c(CCCOc(cc2)ccc2F)c(C)n[nH]1 QUKUTVLUNIHTJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010008342 Cervix carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004709 Chlorinated polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-gluconic acid Chemical group OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019739 Dicalciumphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexylamine Chemical class C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000032274 Encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IMROMDMJAWUWLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethenol Chemical compound OC=C IMROMDMJAWUWLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005526 G1 to G0 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylserin Natural products OC(=O)C(N)COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010019280 Heart failures Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000002812 Heat-Shock Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010004889 Heat-Shock Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000043261 Hevea brasiliensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940122957 Histamine H2 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101000922348 Homo sapiens C-X-C chemokine receptor type 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100118549 Homo sapiens EGFR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000772194 Homo sapiens Transthyretin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108090000176 Interleukin-13 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003816 Interleukin-13 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004388 Interleukin-4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000978 Interleukin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000022120 Jeavons syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical group OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000283953 Lagomorpha Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000218194 Laurales Species 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000195947 Lycopodium Species 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000134 MTT assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000002 MTT assay Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000005431 Molecular Chaperones Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010006519 Molecular Chaperones Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000715 Mucilage Polymers 0.000 description 1
- TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-CCAGOZQPSA-N Muconic acid Chemical group OC(=O)\C=C/C=C\C(O)=O TXXHDPDFNKHHGW-CCAGOZQPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YQLZOAVZWJBZSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N NCCCCCCCCCCN Chemical compound NCCCCCCCCCCN YQLZOAVZWJBZSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZJFRBVORNIMGFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N NCCOCCOCCNC(O)=O Chemical compound NCCOCCOCCNC(O)=O ZJFRBVORNIMGFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALYNCZNDIQEVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nc(cc1)ccc1C(O)=O Chemical compound Nc(cc1)ccc1C(O)=O ALYNCZNDIQEVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Niacin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920012485 Plasticized Polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005062 Polybutadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002367 Polyisobutene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCBIBCJNVBAKAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Procaine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 HCBIBCJNVBAKAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical class CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012228 RNA interference-mediated gene silencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100123851 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) HER1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100021669 Stromal cell-derived factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710088580 Stromal cell-derived factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108700012920 TNF Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150091380 TTR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000006474 Theobroma bicolor Species 0.000 description 1
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Thiocyanate anion Chemical class [S-]C#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000003490 Thiodipropionic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000006105 Uterine Cervical Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930003427 Vitamin E Natural products 0.000 description 1
- TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylitol Natural products OCCC(O)C(O)C(O)CCO TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009102 absorption Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- SPEUIVXLLWOEMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde dimethyl acetal Natural products COC(C)OC SPEUIVXLLWOEMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010306 acid treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L adipate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCCCC([O-])=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940072056 alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001413 alkali metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-glycerophosphate Natural products OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001668 ameliorated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960000510 ammonia Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003042 antagnostic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001458 anti-acid effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012300 argon atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003289 ascorbyl group Chemical class [H]O[C@@]([H])(C([H])([H])O*)[C@@]1([H])OC(=O)C(O*)=C1O* 0.000 description 1
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012131 assay buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052788 barium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium atom Chemical compound [Ba] DSAJWYNOEDNPEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- UPABQMWFWCMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benethamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCCC1=CC=CC=C1 UPABQMWFWCMOFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940077388 benzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzethonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1OCCOCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960001950 benzethonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940050390 benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004365 benzoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GONOPSZTUGRENK-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(trichloro)silane Chemical compound Cl[Si](Cl)(Cl)CC1=CC=CC=C1 GONOPSZTUGRENK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005620 boronic acid group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004648 butanoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920005549 butyl rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019282 butylated hydroxyanisole Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007707 calorimetry Methods 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1CC2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)CC1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004657 carbamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002737 cell proliferation kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033077 cellular process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010094 cellular senescence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010881 cervical cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- PBAYDYUZOSNJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N chelidonic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC(=O)C=C(C(O)=O)O1 PBAYDYUZOSNJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940112822 chewing gum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000015218 chewing gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroprocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1Cl VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002023 chloroprocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-AOOOYVTPSA-N cis-decalin Chemical compound C1CCC[C@H]2CCCC[C@H]21 NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-AOOOYVTPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940099112 cornstarch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001896 cresols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004802 cyanophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000007933 dermal patch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000368 destabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000008050 dialkyl sulfates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K dicalcium phosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NEFBYIFKOOEVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940038472 dicalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000390 dicalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940043237 diethanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004177 diethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOC SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004982 dihaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005594 diketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000118 dimethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- GAFRWLVTHPVQGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipentyl sulfate Chemical class CCCCCOS(=O)(=O)OCCCCC GAFRWLVTHPVQGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007919 dispersible tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012990 dithiocarbamate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004659 dithiocarbamates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002934 diuretic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030606 diuretics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940043264 dodecyl sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002895 emetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002085 enols Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000009505 enteric coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920005558 epichlorohydrin rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- AFAXGSQYZLGZPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanedisulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CCS(O)(=O)=O AFAXGSQYZLGZPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HQQADJVZYDDRJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethene;prop-1-ene Chemical group C=C.CC=C HQQADJVZYDDRJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLFBCYMMUAKCPC-KQQUZDAGSA-N ethyl (e)-3-[3-amino-2-cyano-1-[(e)-3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-enyl]sulfanyl-3-oxoprop-1-enyl]sulfanylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)\C=C\SC(=C(C#N)C(N)=O)S\C=C\C(=O)OCC NLFBCYMMUAKCPC-KQQUZDAGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013213 extrapolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000010685 fatty oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003269 fluorescent indicator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical class [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011087 fumaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001408 fungistatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WIGCFUFOHFEKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-tocopherol Natural products CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC1CCC2C(C)C(O)C(C)C(C)C2O1 WIGCFUFOHFEKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003197 gene knockdown Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009368 gene silencing by RNA Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000174 gluconic acid Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000012208 gluconic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000001727 glucose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005150 glycerol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MNWFXJYAOYHMED-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCC(O)=O MNWFXJYAOYHMED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000056556 human TTR Human genes 0.000 description 1
- IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrazine monohydrate Substances O.NN IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000003840 hydrochlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen thiocyanate Chemical class SC#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004337 hydroquinone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007946 hypodermic tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003331 infrared imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002664 inhalation therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000554 ionomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002262 irrigation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003973 irrigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000644 isotonic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003893 lactate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002045 lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100001231 less toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008297 liquid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 244000144972 livestock Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000012160 loading buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Substances [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005439 maleimidyl group Chemical class C1(C=CC(N1*)=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000004701 malic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003194 meglumine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LRJOHYLADVJGON-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-(3-bromopropoxy)-4-fluorobenzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C(OCCCBr)=C1 LRJOHYLADVJGON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OLHYDBNDZFJGKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-(3-cyanopropoxy)-4-fluorobenzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C(OCCCC#N)=C1 OLHYDBNDZFJGKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XSYCSDHGHXFCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-[3-(3,5-dimethyl-1,2-oxazol-4-yl)propoxy]-4-fluorobenzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C(OCCCC2=C(ON=C2C)C)=C1 XSYCSDHGHXFCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YETRJHDLKRPHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-[3-(3,5-dimethyl-1h-pyrazol-4-yl)propoxy]-4-fluorobenzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C(OCCCC2=C(NN=C2C)C)=C1 YETRJHDLKRPHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CUGWNEOTLGLGDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 4-fluoro-3-hydroxybenzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C(O)=C1 CUGWNEOTLGLGDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001047 methyl salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000013379 molasses Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004877 mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004400 mucous membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-M naphthalene-2-sulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)[O-])=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920003052 natural elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229920001194 natural rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000001968 nicotinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011664 nicotinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004971 nitroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006501 nitrophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 231100001083 no cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000002687 nonaqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000065 noncytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- JFNLZVQOOSMTJK-KNVOCYPGSA-N norbornene Chemical compound C1[C@@H]2CC[C@H]1C=C2 JFNLZVQOOSMTJK-KNVOCYPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007935 oral tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003854 p-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Cl 0.000 description 1
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-hydroxybenzoic acid methyl ester Natural products COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001037 p-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000010979 pH adjustment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003182 parenteral nutrition solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005010 perfluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940021222 peritoneal dialysis isotonic solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L peroxydisulfate Chemical class [O-]S(=O)(=O)OOS([O-])(=O)=O JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008024 pharmaceutical diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011129 pharmaceutical packaging material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960000969 phenyl salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003884 phenylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003016 phosphoric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075930 picrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-M picrate anion Chemical class [O-]C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O OXNIZHLAWKMVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229950010765 pivalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001490 poly(butyl methacrylate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001084 poly(chloroprene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002857 polybutadiene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000005575 polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940057838 polyethylene glycol 4000 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001195 polyisoprene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000259 polyoxyethylene lauryl ether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019422 polyvinyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000523 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013809 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- NNFCIKHAZHQZJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium cyanide Chemical compound [K+].N#[C-] NNFCIKHAZHQZJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000160 potassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011009 potassium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 159000000001 potassium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WSHYKIAQCMIPTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;2-oxo-3-(3-oxo-1-phenylbutyl)chromen-4-olate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C=1C2=CC=CC=C2OC(=O)C=1C(CC(=O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 WSHYKIAQCMIPTB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940069328 povidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012746 preparative thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000955 prescription drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001309 procaine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000473 propyl gallate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010388 propyl gallate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940075579 propyl gallate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene carbonate Chemical compound CC1COC(=O)O1 RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940076372 protein antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006916 protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940107700 pyruvic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052705 radium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000009790 rate-determining step (RDS) Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940100618 rectal suppository Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008844 regulatory mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- BOLDJAUMGUJJKM-LSDHHAIUSA-N renifolin D Natural products CC(=C)[C@@H]1Cc2c(O)c(O)ccc2[C@H]1CC(=O)c3ccc(O)cc3O BOLDJAUMGUJJKM-LSDHHAIUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000029752 retinol binding Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000053 retinol binding Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102200049725 rs182983506 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910052701 rubidium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical class O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010187 selection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035807 sensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019615 sensations Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019613 sensory perceptions of taste Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N sn-glycerol 3-phosphate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004249 sodium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003885 sodium benzoate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bisulfate Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])(=O)=O WBHQBSYUUJJSRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000342 sodium bisulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008354 sodium chloride injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DCQXTYAFFMSNNH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2-[bis(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]ethanol;acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O.OCCN(CCO)CCO DCQXTYAFFMSNNH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008137 solubility enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003381 solubilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940084106 spermaceti Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012177 spermaceti Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004079 stearyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000011146 sterile filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003890 succinate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical class [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000003455 sulfinic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004964 sulfoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002636 symptomatic treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- DQJDBUPLRMRBAB-WZTVWXICSA-N tafamidis meglumine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO.O1C2=CC(C(=O)O)=CC=C2N=C1C1=CC(Cl)=CC(Cl)=C1 DQJDBUPLRMRBAB-WZTVWXICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003892 tartrate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035923 taste sensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001897 terpolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZUHZGEOKBKGPSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOCCOCCOC ZUHZGEOKBKGPSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001757 thermogravimetry curve Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004525 thiadiazinyl group Chemical group S1NN=C(C=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005307 thiatriazolyl group Chemical group S1N=NN=C1* 0.000 description 1
- 230000008719 thickening Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004001 thioalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000019303 thiodipropionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-decahydronaphthalene Natural products C1CCCC2CCCCC21 NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-MGCOHNPYSA-N trans-decalin Chemical compound C1CCC[C@@H]2CCCC[C@H]21 NNBZCPXTIHJBJL-MGCOHNPYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037317 transdermal delivery Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003866 trichloromethyl group Chemical group ClC(Cl)(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- YFNKIDBQEZZDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N triglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOCCOC YFNKIDBQEZZDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004385 trihaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960004418 trolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZDPHROOEEOARMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N undecanoic acid Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZDPHROOEEOARMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920011532 unplasticized polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M valerate Chemical class CCCCC([O-])=O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000019165 vitamin E Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011709 vitamin E Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940046009 vitamin E Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008136 water-miscible vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010447 xylitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000811 xylitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N xylitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002675 xylitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/415—1,2-Diazoles
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/02—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
- A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
- A61P27/06—Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
- A61P5/14—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D231/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
- C07D231/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D231/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D231/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D237/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings
- C07D237/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D237/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D237/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazine or hydrogenated 1,2-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
Definitions
- Protein aggregation underlies a large number of human disorders, including some of the most common diseases observed in the aging population, including systemic and CNS amyloidoses (Selkoe et al. Nat Cell Biol 6: 1054-1061 (2004); Falk et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 337:898-909 (1997)). Recently this process has also been implicated as an important mechanism in cellular senescence (Haigis et al., Mol Cell 40:333-344 (2010)).
- Such observations include: lower levels of amyloid observed in the CNS of age-matched controls relative to Alzheimer disease patients and the correlation of improved health with the clearance of amyloid in Familial Amyloid polyneuropathy (FAP) patients, following liver transplantation to replace mutant TTR with wild-type TTR.
- FAP Familial Amyloid polyneuropathy
- Transthyretin is one of more than 30 proteins whose aggregation can cause disease (Selkoe et al., Nature 426:900-904 (2003); Reixach et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
- TTR is a 127-amino-acid, ⁇ -sheet-rich protein, which forms a homotetramer that is primarily synthesized by the liver and secreted into the blood.
- TTR binds to both thyroxine (T 4 ) and holo retinol-binding protein (RBP).
- TTR is the main carrier of RBP, but due to the presence of two other T 4 transport proteins it is only a back-up carrier for T 4 in humans ( ⁇ 1% T 4 bound).
- the two T 4 -binding pockets which remain largely unoccupied in humans, are formed by the weaker dimer-dimer interface (Connelly et al., Curr Opin Struct Biol 20:54-62 (2010)).
- Each of the two T 4 binding sites created by the dimer-dimer interface of the TTR homotetramer consists of an outer binding subsite, an inner binding subsite, and an intervening interface that are composed of pairs of symmetric hydrophobic depressions referred to as halogen binding pockets (HBPs), in which the iodine atoms of T 4 reside (Wojtczak et al., Acta Crystallogr D Biol Crystallogr, 52 pp. 758-765 (1996)).
- Dissociation of the TTR-tetramer at the T 4 -binding interface which generates dimers that rapidly dissociate into amyloidogenic monomers, is the rate-limiting step during TTR misfolding and amyloid formation.
- TTR amyloidogenesis either by lowering the thermodynamic stability of TTR or through decreasing the kinetic barrier for tetramer dissociation, or both (Connelly et al., Curr Opin Struct Biol 20:54-62 (2010)). These mutations lead to hereditary TTR amyloidoses such as familial amyloid polyneuropathy (FAP) and familial amyloid cardiomyopathy (FAC), which are both autosomal dominant conditions with varying ages of onset and penetrance depending on ethnic background.
- FAP familial amyloid polyneuropathy
- FAC familial amyloid cardiomyopathy
- V30M VaBOMet TTR (V30M) (Coelho Curr Opin Neurol 9:355-359 (1996)).
- the slow rate of tetramer dissociation limits the steady-state concentration of the destabilized amyloidogenic monomer, which might explain the incomplete penetrance of the V30M mutation in non-Portuguese populations.
- the most common TTR variant with almost exclusive cardiac involvement is the kinetically destabilizing V122I mutation.
- V122I-TTR monomer has similar stability to the wild type (WT-TTR) monomer, the tetramer dissociates 3-fold faster under physiological conditions and may explain the higher penetrance of the V122I mutation (Jiang et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A
- PPIs Protein-protein interactions
- PPIs The majority of PPIs involve large interfaces, in many cases larger than 1500 A 2 (up to 4500 A 2 ) in which the affinity is obtained by a multitude of often weak interactions. As a consequence these widely spaced interactions are difficult to mimic with small molecules.
- Antagonizing PPIs with small, organic compounds is a challenging for a number of reasons: 1) a large, often flat, surface area is buried on each side of the interface, 2) the lack of deep cavities, 3) the nature of typical small-molecule libraries. Thus many PPIs have come to be considered 'undruggable'.
- Many extracellular PPI targets have been validated through the use of antibodies or other protein antagonists, some of which have become highly successful drugs. Examples are TNFa, IL2, IL4, IL13, VEGF, IFNa, SDF-1, CD4, MET, HER1&2.
- FRET Forster resonance energy transfer
- FRET is a method that measures distance-dependent energy transfer between two chromophores, one the donor and the other the acceptor.
- the donor after excitation by light, can tansfer energy to the acceptor via an induced dipole induced dipole interaction.
- the efficiency of the energy transfer depends on the sixth power of the distance between the dyes. In general, the acceptor must be at 10-80 A distance to the donor for efficient energy transfer.
- FRET is a useful technique because measurements can be under physiological conditions and is one of the most widely used sensing mechanisms for ratiometric fluorescent probes. It permits the investigation of protein/protein interactions and has proven to be a robust method for the investigation of the dynamics of protein complex composition and stoichiometry.
- compositions thereof which find use in increasing the stability of proteins, particularly proteins that may misfold and form aggregates. Also provided herein are methods for using these compounds and compositions for increasing stability of proteins and thereby decreasing aggregate formation by these proteins. Also disclosed herein are heterobifunctional compounds that include a TTR binding compound connected to a targeting moiety via a linker, for use in disrupting PPIs of a target protein.
- labeled compounds binding to the T 4 pocket of TTR which are used to determine the concentration of stabilized and/or tetrameric TTR, by either measurement the retained label and/or by measurement of distance-dependent energy transfer between the labeled compound bound to the T 4 binding pocket and a labeled compound and/or peptide and/or protein bound to an orthogonal binding surface on the TTR tetramer.
- the TTR stabilizers disclosed herein may be used to decrease TTR amyloid formation and/or to decrease cell dysfunction and/or death associated with TTR amyloid formation.
- the TTR stabilizers may be used to decrease TTR amyloid formation in vitro in a cell-free system, in vitro - intra or extracellularily in cell culture, and in vivo, such as TTR found in bodily fluids including but not restricted to blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, tissue and organs including but not restricted to the heart, the kidney, peripheral nerves, meninges, the central nervous system, the eye (including the retina and vitreous fluid) of a subject.
- methods for using the disclosed compounds include administering the disclosed compounds in vitro, ex vivo or to a subject in vivo to increase the stability of TTR found in bodily fluids including but not restricted to blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, tissues and organs including but not restricted to the heart, the kidney, peripheral nerves, meninges, the central nervous system, the eyes.
- TTR amyloid diseases include, but are not limited to familial amyloid polyneuropathy, familial amyloid cardiomyopathy, leptomeningeal amyloidis,
- amyloid diseases include but are not restricted to ocular amyloidosis, gastrointestinal amyloidoses, neuropathic amyloidoses, non- neuropathic amyloidoses, nephropathy, non-hereditary amyloidoses, reactive/secondary amyloidoses, cerebral amyloidoses, Alzheimer's disease, spongiform encephalopathy
- Fig. 1 illustrates the evaluation of ligands binding (Compound VIIc, Compound A, and tafamidis) to TTR in buffer by fluorescence polarization.
- Fig. 1 depicts TTR ligands (10 ⁇ ) competitively displace the FP-probe 5 (0.2 ⁇ ) from TTR (0.4 ⁇ ) through binding to the T 4 - binding sites (the lower the probe binding, the higher the binding affinity of TTR ligand). .
- Fig. 2 depicts the competition of FP-probe 5 from TTR by increasing concentrations
- Fig. 3 depicts the assessment of the binding affinity of Compound VIIc, Compound A, and tafamidis to TTR by isothermal titration calorimetry.
- FIG. 4 depicts fluorescence change due to modification of TTR in human serum by covalent probe 6 (A) monitored for 6 h in the presence of probe alone (black circles) or probe and TTR ligands (Compound VIIc, Compound A, and tafamidis) (colors) (B) percentage of covalent probe 6 binding to TTR in the presence of ligands (Compound VIIc, Compound A, and tafamidis) measured after 6 hours of incubation, relative to probe alone (The lower the binding of the probe the higher the binding selectivity of the ligand to TTR). Each bar shows the mean +/- SD of three replicates.
- Fig. 5 depicts the stabilization of WT-TTR in serum against acid-mediated denaturation in (A) the presence of 10 microM Compound VIIc, Compound A, and tafamidis, (B) the presence of concentration range (0.1 to 10 microM) of Compound VIIc and Tafamidis. Serum samples were incubated in acetate buffer (pH 4.0), with DMSO or 10 ⁇ of test compound , for the desired time period (0 and 72 hours) before cross-linking, SDS-PAGE, and
- TTR tetramer TTR tetramer
- arrowhead and TTR bound to RBP solid arrow
- % TTR tetramer 100 x [(tetramer & tetramer + RBP density, 72 hrs)/(tetramer & tetramer + RBP density of DMSO, 0 hrs)] . Each bar shows the mean +/- SD of three replicates.
- Figs. 6A-6B illustrate the stabilization of V122I-TTR in serum from two FAC patients against acid-mediated denaturation in the presence of Compound VIIc and tafamidis.
- Serum samples were incubated in acetate buffer (pH 4.0), with DMSO or 10 ⁇ of tafamidis and Compound VIIc, for the desired time period (0 and 72 hours) before cross-linking, SDS- PAGE, and immunoblotting. Each bar shows the mean +/- SD of three replicates.
- Fig. 7 depict the assessment of the cytotoxicity of Compound VIIc, Compound A, and tafamidis, at concentrations from 1 to 100 ⁇ , on four different cell lines: Hep3B: human hepatoma cell line; Jurkat: T lymphocyte cell line; MCF7: breast cancer cell line HeLa:
- Fig. 8 shows the binding affinity and selectivity of the test compounds to TTR by their ability to compete for covalent probe 6 binding to TTR in human serum.
- the compound is administered during the entire course of administration of the second compound; where the first compound is administered for a period of time that is overlapping with the administration of the second compound, e.g. where administration of the first compound begins before the administration of the second compound and the administration of the first compound ends before the administration of the second compound ends; where the
- administration of the second compound begins before the administration of the first compound and the administration of the second compound ends before the administration of the first compound ends; where the administration of the first compound begins before administration of the second compound begins and the administration of the second compound ends before the administration of the first compound ends; where the administration of the second compound begins before administration of the first compound begins and the administration of the first compound ends before the administration of the second compound ends.
- “in combination” can also refer to regimen involving administration of two or more compounds.
- “In combination with” as used herein also refers to administration of two or more compounds which may be administered in the same or different formulations, by the same of different routes, and in the same or different dosage form type.
- isolated compound means a compound which has been substantially
- Isolated compounds are usually at least about 80% pure, or at least about 90% pure, at least about 98% pure, or at least about 99% pure, by weight.
- the present invention is meant to encompass diastereomers as well as their racemic and resolved, enantiomerically pure forms and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- Treating" or “treatment” of a condition or disease includes: (1) preventing,
- ameliorating or altering at least one symptom of the conditions in a beneficial manner i.e., causing a clinical symptom to not significantly develop in a mammal that may be exposed to or predisposed to the disease but does not yet experience or display symptoms of the disease, (2) inhibiting the disease, i.e., arresting or reducing the development of the disease or its symptoms, or (3) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease or its clinical symptoms.
- amelioration of the symptoms of a particular disorder by administration of a particular compound or pharmaceutical composition refers to any lessening, whether permanent or temporary, lasting or transient that can be attributed to or associated with administration of the composition.
- a “therapeutically effective amount” or “efficacious amount” means the amount of a compound that, when administered to a mammal or other subject for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease.
- the “therapeutically effective amount” will vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity and the age, weight, etc., of the subject to be treated.
- subject and "patient” mean a mammal that may have a need for the
- Subjects and patients thus include, without limitation, primate (including humans), canine, feline, ungulate (e.g., equine, bovine, swine (e.g., pig)), and other subjects.
- primate including humans
- canine feline
- ungulate e.g., equine, bovine, swine (e.g., pig)
- Humans and non-human animals having commercial importance are of particular interest.
- mammalian means a member or members of any mammalian species, and includes, by way of example, canines; felines; equines; bovines; ovines; rodentia, etc. and primates, particularly humans.
- Non-human animal models, particularly mammals, e.g. primate, murine, lagomorpha, etc. may be used for experimental investigations.
- unit dosage form refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human and animal subjects, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of compounds of the present invention calculated in an amount sufficient to produce the desired effect in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or vehicle.
- the specifications for the novel unit dosage forms of the present invention depend on the particular compound employed and the effect to be achieved, and the pharmacodynamics associated with each compound in the host.
- physiological conditions is meant to encompass those conditions compatible with living cells, e.g., predominantly aqueous conditions of a temperature, pH, salinity, etc. that are compatible with living cells.
- pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and “pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant” means an excipient, diluent, carrier, and adjuvant that are useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that are generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable, and include an excipient, diluent, carrier, and adjuvant that are acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, carrier and adjuvant as used in the specification and claims includes both one and more than one such excipient, diluent, carrier, and adjuvant.
- a “pharmaceutical composition” is meant to encompass a composition suitable for administration to a subject, such as a mammal, especially a human.
- a “pharmaceutical composition” is preferably sterile, and free of contaminants that are capable of eliciting an undesirable response within the subject (e.g., the compound(s) in the
- compositions are pharmaceutical grade).
- Pharmaceutical compositions can be designed for administration to subjects or patients in need thereof via a number of different routes of administration including oral, buccal, rectal, parenteral, intraperitoneal, intradermal, intracheal and the like.
- Such derivatives may be readily prepared by those of skill in this art using known methods for such derivatization.
- the compounds produced may be administered to animals or humans without substantial toxic effects and either are pharmaceutically active or are prodrugs.
- pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives of a compound include salts, esters, enol ethers, enol esters, acetals, ketals, orthoesters, hemiacetals, hemiketals, solvates, hydrates or prodrugs thereof.
- Such derivatives may be readily prepared by those of skill in this art using known methods for such derivatization.
- the compounds produced may be
- a "pharmaceutically acceptable salt” of a compound means a salt that is
- Such salts include: (1) acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid,
- cyclopentanepropionic acid glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4- hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, glucoheptonic acid, 4,4'-methylenebis-(3-hydroxy-2-ene-l-carboxylic acid), 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, glu
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may also include, but are not limited to, amine salts, such as but not limited to ⁇ , ⁇ '-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, choline, ammonia, diethanolamine and other hydroxyalkylamines, ethylenediamine, N-methylglucamine, procaine, N-benzylphenethylamine, 1 -para-chlorobenzyl-2-pyrrolidin- 1 '-ylmethyl- benzimidazole, diethylamine and other alkylamines, piperazine and
- amine salts such as but not limited to ⁇ , ⁇ '-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, choline, ammonia, diethanolamine and other hydroxyalkylamines, ethylenediamine, N-methylglucamine, procaine, N-benzylphenethylamine, 1 -para-chlorobenzyl-2-pyrrolidin- 1 '-
- alkali metal salts such as but not limited to lithium, potassium and sodium
- alkali earth metal salts such as but not limited to barium, calcium and magnesium
- transition metal salts such as but not limited to zinc
- other metal salts such as but not limited to sodium hydrogen phosphate and disodium phosphate
- salts of mineral acids such as but not limited to hydrochlorides and sulfates
- salts of organic acids such as but not limited to acetates, lactates, malates, tartrates, citrates, ascorbates, succinates, butyrates, valerates and fumarates.
- salts include acid salts such as acetate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, citrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptanoate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenyl-propionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, thi
- dicyclohexylamine salts N-methyl-D-glucamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine, and so forth.
- basic nitrogen-containing groups can be quaternized with such agents as lower alkyl halides, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chloride, bromides and iodides; dialkyl sulfates, such as dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl and diamyl sulfates, long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides, aralkyl halides, such as benzyl and phenethyl bromides and others. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products are thereby obtained.
- esters include, but are not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl,
- alkynyl, and cycloalkyl esters of acidic groups including, but not limited to, carboxylic acids, phosphoric acids, phosphinic acids, sulfonic acids, sulfinic acids and boronic acids.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates and hydrates are complexes of a compound with one or more solvent or water molecules, or 1 to about 100, or 1 to about 10, or one to about 2, 3 or 4, solvent or water molecules.
- a "pharmaceutically acceptable solvate or hydrate" of a compound of the invention means a solvate or hydrate complex that is pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound, and includes, but is not limited to, complexes of a compound of the invention with one or more solvent or water molecules, or 1 to about 100, or 1 to about 10, or one to about 2, 3 or 4, solvent or water molecules.
- organic group and "organic radical” as used herein means any carbon- containing group, including hydrocarbon groups that are classified as an aliphatic group, cyclic group, aromatic group, functionalized derivatives thereof and/or various combination thereof.
- aliphatic group means a saturated or unsaturated linear or branched hydrocarbon group and encompasses alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups, for example.
- alkyl group means a substituted or unsubstituted, saturated linear or branched hydrocarbon group or chain (e.g., C to Cg ) including, for example, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, heptyl, iso- propyl, n-octyl, dodecyl, octadecyl, amyl, 2-ethylhexyl, and the like.
- Suitable substituents include carboxy, protected carboxy, amino, protected amino, halo, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, nitro, cyano, mono substituted amino, protected mono substituted amino, disubstituted amino,
- substituted alkyl means the above defined alkyl group substituted from one to three times by a hydroxy, protected hydroxy, amino, protected amino, cyano, halo, trifloromethyl, mono-substituted amino, di- substituted amino, lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, carboxy, protected carboxy, or a carboxy, amino, and/or hydroxy salt.
- substituted (cycloalkyl)alkyl and “substituted cycloalkyl” are as defined below substituted with the same groups as listed for a “substituted alkyl” group.
- alkenyl group means an unsaturated, linear or branched hydrocarbon group with one or more carbon-carbon double bonds, such as a vinyl group.
- alkynyl group means an unsaturated, linear or branched hydrocarbon group with one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds.
- cyclic group means a closed ring hydrocarbon group that is classified as an alicyclic group, aromatic group, or heterocyclic group.
- alicyclic group means a cyclic hydrocarbon group having properties resembling those of aliphatic groups.
- aromatic group or “aryl group” means a mono- or polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group, and may include one or more hetero atoms, and which are further defined below.
- heterocyclic group means a closed ring hydrocarbon in which one or more of the atoms in the ring are an element other than carbon (e.g., nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, etc.), and are further defined below.
- Organic groups may be functionalized or otherwise comprise additional
- alkyl group is intended to include not only pure open chain saturated hydrocarbon alkyl substituents, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, t-butyl, and the like, but also alkyl substituents bearing further substituents known in the art, such as hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylsulfonyl, halogen atoms, cyano, nitro, amino, carboxyl, etc.
- alkyl group includes ethers, esters, haloalkyls, nitroalkyls,
- halo and halogen refer to the fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo groups. There can be one or more halogen, which are the same or different. Halogens of particular interest include fluoro, chloro and bromo groups.
- haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group as defined above that is substituted by one or more halogen atoms.
- the halogen atoms may be the same or different.
- dihaloalkyl refers to an alkyl group as described above that is substituted by two halo groups, which may be the same or different.
- trihaloalkyl refers to an alkyl group as describe above that is substituted by three halo groups, which may be the same or different.
- perhaloalkyl refers to a haloalkyl group as defined above wherein each hydrogen atom in the alkyl group has been replaced by a halogen atom.
- perfluoroalkyl refers to a haloalkyl group as defined above wherein each hydrogen atom in the alkyl group has been replaced by a fluoro group.
- cycloalkyl means a mono-, bi-, or tricyclic saturated ring that is fully
- cyclopropyl cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, adamantyl, cyclooctyl, cis- or trans decalin,
- bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene cyclohex-l-enyl, cyclopent-l-enyl, 1,4-cyclooctadienyl, and the like.
- (cycloalkyl)alkyl means the above-defined alkyl group substituted for one of the above cycloalkyl rings. Examples of such a group include (cyclohexyl)methyl, 3- (cyclopropyl)-n-propyl, 5-(cyclopentyl)hexyl, 6-(adamantyl)hexyl, and the like.
- substituted phenyl specifies a phenyl group substituted with one or more moieties, and in some instances one, two, or three moieties, chosen from the groups consisting of halogen, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, Ci to C 7 alkyl, Ci to C 7 alkoxy, Ci to C 7 acyl, Ci to C 7 acyloxy, carboxy, oxycarboxy, protected carboxy,
- substituted phenyl includes a mono- or di(halo)phenyl group such as 2, 3 or 4-chlorophenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,
- di(hydroxymethyl)phenyl or (protected hydroxymethyl)phenyl such as 2, 3 or 4- (protected hydroxymethyl)phenyl or 3,4-di(hydroxymethyl)phenyl; a mono- or di(aminomethyl)phenyl or (protected aminomethyl)phenyl such as 2, 3 or 4-(aminomethyl)phenyl or 2,4- (protected aminomethyl)phenyl; or a mono- or di(N-(methylsulfonylamino))phenyl such as 2, 3 or 4-(N- (methylsulfonylamino))phenyl.
- substituted phenyl represents disubstituted phenyl groups wherein the substituents are different, for example, 3-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl,
- (substituted phenyl)alkyl means one of the above substituted phenyl groups attached to one of the above-described alkyl groups. Examples of include such groups as 2- phenyl-l-chloroethyl, 2-(4'-methoxyphenyl)ethyl, 4-(2',6'-dihydroxy phenyl)n-hexyl, 2-(5'- cyano-3'-methoxyphenyl)n-pentyl, 3-(2',6'-dimethylphenyl)n-propyl, 4-chloro-3-aminobenzyl, 6-(4'-methoxyphenyl)-3-carboxy(n-hexyl), 5-(4'-aminomethylphenyl)-3-(aminomethyl)n- pentyl, 5-phenyl-3-oxo-n-pent-l-yl, (4-hydroxynapth-2-yl)methyl and
- aromatic refers to six membered carbocyclic rings.
- heteroaryl denotes optionally substituted five-membered or six-membered rings that have 1 to 4 heteroatoms, such as oxygen, sulfur and/or nitrogen atoms, in particular nitrogen, either alone or in conjunction with sulfur or oxygen ring atoms.
- the above optionally substituted five-membered or six-membered rings can optionally be fused to an aromatic 5-membered or 6-membered ring system.
- the rings can be optionally fused to an aromatic 5-membered or 6-membered ring system such as a pyridine or a triazole system, and preferably to a benzene ring.
- heteroaryl thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiatriazolyl,
- oxatriazolyl pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazinyl, triazinyl, thiadiazinyl tetrazolo, l,5-[b]pyridazinyl and purinyl, as well as benzo-fused derivatives, for example, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzimidazolyl and indolyl.
- Substituents for the above optionally substituted heteroaryl rings are from one to three halo, trihalomethyl, amino, protected amino, amino salts, mono-substituted amino, disubstituted amino, carboxy, protected carboxy, carboxylate salts, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, salts of a hydroxy group, lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, (cycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted (cycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted (cycloalkyl)alkyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, phenylalkyl, and (substituted phenyl)alkyl.
- Substituents for the heteroaryl group are as heretofore defined, or in the case of trihalomethyl, can be trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, tribromomethyl, or triiodomethyl.
- lower alkoxy means a C to c 4 alkoxy group
- lower alkylthio means a C to C 4 alkylthio group.
- (monosubstituted)amino refers to an amino group with one substituent chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, substituted phenyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, Ci to C 4 acyl, C 2 to C 7 alkenyl, C 2 to C 7 substituted alkenyl, C 2 to C 7 alkynyl, C 7 to C 16 alkylaryl, C 7 to C 16 substituted alkylaryl and heteroaryl group.
- the (monosubstituted) amino can be any substituent chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, substituted phenyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, Ci to C 4 acyl, C 2 to C 7 alkenyl, C 2 to C 7 substituted alkenyl, C 2 to C 7 alkynyl, C 7 to C 16 alkylaryl, C 7 to C 16 substituted alkylaryl and heteroaryl group.
- the (monosubstituted) amino can be any substituent chosen from
- (mono substituted) amino refers to amino groups with two substituents chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, substituted phenyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, C to C 7 acyl, C 2 to C 7 alkenyl, C 2 to C 7 alkynyl, C 7 to C 16 alkylaryl, C 7 to C 16 substituted alkylaryl and heteroaryl.
- the two substituents can be the same or different.
- heteroaryl(alkyl) denotes an alkyl group as defined above, substituted at any position by a heteroaryl group, as above defined.
- heterocyclo group optionally mono- or di- substituted with an alkyl group means that the alkyl may, but need not, be present, and the description includes situations where the heterocyclo group is mono- or disubstituted with an alkyl group and situations where the heterocyclo group is not substituted with the alkyl group.
- isomers Compounds that have the same molecular formula but differ in the nature or sequence of bonding of their atoms or the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “isomers.” Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “stereoisomers.” Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed “diastereomers” and those that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed “enantiomers.” When a compound has an asymmetric center, for example, it is bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible.
- An enantiomer can be characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric center and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or (-)-isomers respectively).
- a chiral compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is called a "racemic mixture.”
- the compounds of this invention may possess one or more asymmetric centers; such compounds can therefore be produced as individual (R)- or (S)- stereoisomers or as mixtures thereof. Unless indicated otherwise, the description or naming of a particular compound in the specification and claims is intended to include both individual enantiomers and mixtures, racemic or otherwise, thereof.
- the methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well-known in the art (see, e.g., the discussion in Chapter 4 of "Advanced Organic Chemistry", 4th edition J. March, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1992).
- Compounds as described herein can be purified by any of the means known in the art, including chromatographic means, such as high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), preparative thin layer chromatography, flash column chromatography and ion exchange chromatography. Any suitable stationary phase can be used, including normal and reversed phases as well as ionic resins. See, e.g., Introduction to Modern Liquid Chromatography, 2nd Edition, ed. L. R. Snyder and J. J. Kirkland, John Wiley and Sons, 1979; and Thin Layer Chromatography, ed E. Stahl, Springer- Verlag, New York, 1969.
- HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
- Any suitable stationary phase can be used, including normal and reversed phases as well as ionic resins. See, e.g., Introduction to Modern Liquid Chromatography, 2nd Edition, ed. L. R. Snyder and J. J. Kirkland, John Wiley and Sons, 1979; and Thin Layer Chromatography, ed
- the compounds described herein can contain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and therefore, can exist as stereoisomers, such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers or diastereomers. Accordingly, all possible enantiomers and
- stereoisomers of the compounds including the stereoisomerically pure form (e.g., geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure or diastereomerically pure) and enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures are included in the description of the compounds herein. Enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures can be resolved into their component enantiomers or
- the compounds can also exist in several tautomeric forms including the enol form, the keto form and mixtures thereof. Accordingly, the chemical structures depicted herein encompass all possible tautomeric forms of the illustrated compounds.
- the compounds described also include isotopically labeled compounds where one or more atoms have an atomic mass different from the atomic mass conventionally found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the compounds disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 O, 17 O, etc.
- Compounds can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, compounds can be hydrated or solvated. Certain compounds can exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated herein and are intended to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
- R P3RA , -R P4R , -R P4RA , -R P5R , -R P5RA , -R P6R , -R P6RA , -R AK , etc. are specifically embraced by the present invention and are disclosed herein just as if each and every combination was individually and explicitly disclosed, to the extent that such combinations embrace compounds that are stable compounds (i.e., compounds that can be isolated, characterized, and tested for biological activity).
- all sub-combinations of the chemical groups listed in the embodiments describing such variables are also specifically embraced by the present invention and are disclosed herein just as if each and every such sub-combination of chemical groups was individually and explicitly disclosed herein
- the present disclosure is based on the identification of compounds that bind to a TTR tetramer in the presence of a TTR ligand known to bind and stabilize TTR tetramer. These compounds stabilize TTR tetramers and thereby reduce the formation of TTR amyloid fibrils. These compounds also find use to determine the level of stabilized and/or tetrameric TTR. In addition, these compounds find use in the preparation of heterobifunctional compounds that recruit TTR for use in disrupting PPIs.
- TTR tetramers reducing TTR amyloid fibril formation are provided herein. These compounds can be incorporated into a variety of formulations for therapeutic administration by a variety of routes, including but not limited to oral, parenteral, transdermal, intrathecal, ophthalmic, topical, pulmonary, nasal, rectal or depot administration.
- compositions by combination with appropriate, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients and/or adjuvants.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound I:
- X a , X b and X c are independently selected from C(R 4 )(R 5 ), O, N-R 5 or S; where R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- the A ring is a 4 to 12-membered ring, in certain embodiments the 4 to 12-membered ring is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring;
- each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano;
- c is a number from zero to 5;
- the B ring is a hetercyclic ring selected from the following (hl-h30):
- R u -R 16 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano; R 17 is selected from a hydroxyl, alkyl, amino, and alkyl amino; and at least one of R u -R 16 is the linking group to X c ;
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound la:
- R 1 and R 3 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substitnitro, uted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- R is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, heterocyclic group, acyl, substituted acyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, acylamino, substituted acylamino, thioalkyl and cyano;
- X a , Xb and X c are independently selected from C(R 4 )(R 5 ), O, N-R 5 or S; where R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- the A ring is a 4 to 12-membered ring, in certain embodiments the 4 to 12-membered ring is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring;
- each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano; and c is a number from zero to 5;
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound lb:
- R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substitnitro, uted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- X a , Xb and X c are independently selected from C(R 4 )(R 5 ), O, N-R 5 or S; where R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- the A ring is a 4 to 12-membered ring, in certain embodiments the 4 to 12-membered ring is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring;
- each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano; and c is a number from zero to 5;
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound Ic: (Ic)
- R 1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted
- alkoxycarbonyl aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- X a , X b and X c are independently selected from C(R 4 )(R 5 ), O, N-R 5 or S; where R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- the A ring is a 4 to 12-membered ring, in certain embodiments the 4 to 12-membered ring is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring;
- each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano; and c is a number from zero to 5;
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound II:
- n 1 to 8;
- IT2 and R 3 J are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- X a is C(R 4 )(R 5 ), O, N-R 5 or S; where R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- the A ring is a 5 to 12-membered ring, in certain embodiments the 5 to 12-membered ring is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring;
- each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano; and c is a number from zero to 5;
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- n is zero to 7;
- R 1 , 2 and R 3 J are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- X a is C(R 4 )(R 5 ), O, N-R 5 or S; where R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- the A ring is a 5 to 12-membered ring, in certain embodiments the 5 to 12-membered ring is an aromatic ring;
- each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano; and c is a number from zero to 5;
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound is of the structure of Compound III:
- n is zero to 7;
- Z is carbon and/or up to three of the five Z may be nitrogen;
- IT2 and R 3 J are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- X a is C(R 4 )(R 5 ), O, N-R 5 or S; where R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano; and c is a number from zero to 5;
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound is of the structure of Compound Ilia:
- n 1 to 8;
- IT2 and R 3 J are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- X a is C(R 4 )(R 5 ), O, N-R 5 or S; where R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano; each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen,
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a com ound is of the structure of Compound IV:
- n 1 to 4.
- R is a is a short chain alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- R is hydrogen
- R is a is a short chain alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- X a is C(R 4 )(R 5 ), O, N-R 5 or S; where R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- each Y is independently selected from a halogen, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, heterocyclic group, alkoxycarbonyl and substituted alkoxycarbonyl;
- ester enol ether, enol ester, acetal, amide, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a com ound of the invention is of the structure of Compound V:
- n 1 to 8;
- IT2 and R 3 J are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halo, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- X a is C(R 4 )(R 5 ), O, N-R 5 or S; where R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- R a is CHO, COOH, COOCH 3 , COOR 6 , CONR 7 R 8 , tetrazolyl, CONHOH, B(OH) 2 , CONHS0 2 Ar, CONHCH(R 9 )COOH, CF 3 , hydrogen, halogen (CI, F, etc), alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, heterocyclic group, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester, alkoxycarbonyl or substituted alkoxycarbonyl;
- R b is CHO, COOH, COOCH 3 , COOR 6 , CONR 7 R 8 , tetrazolyl, CONHOH, B(OH) 2 , CONHS0 2 Ar, CONHCH(R 9 )COOH, CF 3 , hydrogen, halogen (CI, F, etc), alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, heterocyclic group, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester, alkoxycarbonyl or substituted alkoxycarbonyl;
- R 6 is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl
- R 7' and R 8° are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl;
- R 9 is the side chain of a naturally occurring a-amino carboxylic acid
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- n is zero to 7;
- R 1 , R2" and R 3 J are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halo, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- X a is C(R 4 )(R 5 ), O, N-R 5 or S; where R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- R a and R b are independently selected from CHO, COOH, COOCH 3 , COOR 6 ,
- R c and R d are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, heterocyclic group, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester, trifluoromethyl, amino, substituted amino, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, hydroxyl, alkoxycarbonyl or substituted alkoxycarbonyl;
- R 6 is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl
- R 7', R 8° and R 1 l 0 u are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl;
- R 9 is the side chain of a naturally occurring a-amino carboxylic acid
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- n 2;
- R is a is a short chain alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- R is hydrogen
- R is a is a short chain alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- X a is C(R 4 )(R 5 ), O, N-R 5 or S; where R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
- R a is CHO, COOH, COOCH 3 , COOR 6 , CONR 7 R 8 , tetrazolyl, CONHOH, B(OH) 2 , CONHS0 2 Ar, CONHCH(R 9 )COOH, hydrogen, an acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, heterocyclic group, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester, alkoxycarbonyl and substituted alkoxycarbonyl;
- R b is CHO, COOH, COOCH 3 , COOR 6 , CONR 7 R 8 , tetrazolyl, CONHOH, B(OH) 2 , CONHS0 2 Ar, CONHCH(R 9 )COOH, a halogen (F, CI, etc), heterocyclic group, or hydrogen;
- R 6 is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl
- R 7' and R 8° are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl;
- R 9 is the side chain of a naturally occurring a-amino carboxylic acid
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- R a is OH, CHO, COOH, CONH 2 , CONH(OH), COOR 6 , CONHR 6 ; and R 6 is straight of branched alkyl of 1-3 carbon atoms; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- R a is COOH, CONH 2 , CONH(OH), COOR 6 , CONHR 6 ; and R 6 is straight of branched alkyl of 1-3 carbon atoms; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
- a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound VIIo:
- ester enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- heterobifunctional compounds that include a recruitment moiety connected to a targeting moiety via a linker.
- the recruitment moiety is a ligand of an abundant serum protein (e.g., a TTR binding compound of the disclosure, as described above).
- the targeting moiety is a ligand for a protein target of interest.
- the protein target is involved in a protein protein interaction (PPI) where disruption of the PPI is desirable.
- PPI protein protein interaction
- the PPI may be important in the regulation of a biological process that leads to a particular disease condition, where disrupting the PPI of interest may provide a method of inhibiting or treating the disease condition.
- the heterobifunctional compound is of the formula R-L-T,
- the recruitment moiety R is a TTR-binding compound described by a structure of the compounds described herein, above; L is a linker; and T is a targeting moiety.
- the subject heterobifunctional compound includes one or more, such as two or more, recruitment moieties.
- the recruitment moiety is connected to the targeting moiety via a linker, at any
- the position at which a linker may be connected using any convenient chemical modification chemistries is determined using any convenient selection method, such as but not limited to, modeling a X-ray crystal structure of TTR (e.g., a co-crystal structure of TTR with a ligand) to determine the mode of binding of the recruitment moiety to TTR and to select one or more appropriate positions which are not involved in contacts with the protein (e.g., solvent exposed positions), and which may be readily chemically modified. Further methods include determining whether a modification of interest has an adverse effect of the binding of the recruitment moiety to TTR using an in vitro binding assay.
- the targeting moiety may be a small molecule that targets a therapeutic protein target of interest.
- the targeting moiety may be any convenient binder to a protein of a target ligand/receptor pair, such as but not limited to, IL2/IL2Ra, TNF /TNFRl, VEGF-VEGFR, CCL12- CXCR4, CD4-gpl20, c-Met- HGF, and LFA-1-CD54.
- Suitable positions of the targeting moieties described above, to which a linker may be attached are selected using any convenient method, such as but not limited to, modeling methods using a X-ray crystal structure of the target protein (e.g., a co-crystal structure of target protein bound with the ligand) to model the mode of binding of the targeting moiety and to select appropriate positions that are not involved in contacts with the target protein (e.g., solvent exposed positions), and which may be readily chemically modified.
- co-crystal structures of the IL-2 and TNF-alpha ligands are available for use in selecting convenient sites in these targeting moieties for chemical modification and attachment of linkers in preparation of subject heterobifunctional compounds.
- Further methods include determining whether a modification of interest has an adverse effect of the binding of the targeting moiety to the target protein using an in vitro binding assay.
- IL-2 and TNF-a targeting moieties of interest that may be used to attach targeting moieties to linkers in heterobifunctional compounds are shown below:
- linker refers to a linking moiety that connects two groups and has a backbone of 20 atoms or less in length.
- a linker or linkage may be a covalent bond that connects two groups or a chain of between 1 and 20 atoms in length, for example of about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 or 20 carbon atoms in length, where the linker may be linear, branched, cyclic or a single atom.
- one, two, three, four or five or more carbon atoms of a linker backbone may be optionally substituted with a sulfur, nitrogen or oxygen heteroatom.
- bonds between backbone atoms may be saturated or unsaturated, usually not more than one, two, or three unsaturated bonds will be present in a linker backbone.
- the linker may include one or more substituent groups, for example with an alkyl, aryl or alkenyl group.
- a linker may include, without limitations, oligo(ethylene glycol); ethers, thioethers, tertiary amines, alkyls, which may be straight or branched, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl (iso-propyl), n-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl (t-butyl), and the like.
- the linker backbone may include a cyclic group, for example, an aryl, a heterocycle or a cycloalkyl group, where 2 or more atoms, e.g., 2, 3 or 4 atoms, of the cyclic group are included in the backbone.
- a linker may be cleavable or non-cleavable.
- the linking moiety may be conjugated to the recruitment and targeting moieties using any convenient functional groups (carboxylic acids, amines, alcohols, carbamates, esters, ethers, thioethers, maleimides, and the like), and linking chemistries.
- any convenient conjugation chemistry described by G.T. Hermanson (“Bioconjugate Techniques", Academic Press, Second Edition, 2008) may be readily adapted for use in preparing the subject heterobifunctional compounds.
- compositions provided herein contain therapeutically effective amounts of one or more of the compounds provided herein that are useful in the prevention, treatment, or amelioration of one or more of the symptoms of diseases or disorders associated with transthyretin (TTR) misfolding, or in which TTR misfolding is implicated, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- TTR transthyretin
- Diseases or disorders associated with TTR misfolding include, but are not limited to, familial amyloid polyneuropathy, familial amyloid
- cardiomyopathy senile systemic amyloidosis, Alzheimer's disease, spongiform
- encephalopathy i.e., Creutzfeldt Jakob disease GSS, fatal familial insomnia
- frontotemporal dementia i.e., Creutzfeldt Jakob disease GSS, fatal familial insomnia
- ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
- Down Syndrome multiple sclerosis
- polyneuropathy i.e., Creutzfeldt Jakob disease GSS, fatal familial insomnia
- ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
- polyneuropathy i.e., Creutzfeldt Jakob disease GSS, fatal familial insomnia
- ALS Parkinson's disease amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
- Down Syndrome multiple sclerosis
- polyneuropathy i.e., Guillain-Barre' syndrome
- macular degeneration i.e., glaucoma, type II diabetes or medullary carcinoma of the thyroid.
- Pharmaceutical carriers suitable for administration of the compounds provided herein include any such carriers known to those skilled in the art to be suitable for the
- the compounds may be formulated as the sole pharmaceutically active
- ingredient in the composition may be combined with other active ingredients.
- compositions contain one or more compounds provided herein.
- the compounds are, in one embodiment, formulated into suitable pharmaceutical preparations such as solutions, suspensions, tablets, dispersible tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained release formulations or elixirs, for oral administration or in sterile solutions or suspensions for parenteral administration, as well as transdermal patch preparation and dry powder inhalers.
- suitable pharmaceutical preparations such as solutions, suspensions, tablets, dispersible tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained release formulations or elixirs, for oral administration or in sterile solutions or suspensions for parenteral administration, as well as transdermal patch preparation and dry powder inhalers.
- the compounds described above are formulated into pharmaceutical compositions using techniques and procedures well known in the art (see, e.g., Ansel
- the compounds areformulated into suitable pharmaceutical preparations for oral administration to a subject.
- compositions effective concentrations of one or more compounds or
- compositions are effective for delivery of an amount, upon administration, that treats, prevents, or ameliorates one or more of the symptoms of diseases or disorders associated with TTR misfolding or in which TTR misfolding is implicated.
- compositions are formulated for single dosage
- the weight fraction of compound is dissolved, suspended, dispersed or otherwise mixed in a selected carrier at an effective concentration such that the treated condition is relieved, prevented, or one or more symptoms are ameliorated.
- the active compound is included in the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in an
- the therapeutically effective concentration may be determined empirically by testing the compounds in in vitro and in vivo systems described and then extrapolated therefrom for dosages for humans.
- the concentration of active compound in the pharmaceutical composition will depend on absorption, inactivation and excretion rates of the active compound, the physicochemical characteristics of the compound, the dosage schedule, and amount administered as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art.
- the amount that is delivered is sufficient to ameliorate one or more of the symptoms of diseases or disorders associated with TTR misfolding or in which TTR misfolding is implicated, as described herein.
- a therapeutically effective dosage should produce a serum
- compositions in another embodiment, should provide a dosage of from about 0.001 mg to about 2000 mg of compound per kilogram of body weight per day.
- Pharmaceutical dosage unit forms are prepared to provide from about 0.01 mg, 0.1 mg or 1 mg to about 500 mg, 1000 mg or 2000 mg, and in one embodiment from about 10 mg to about 500 mg of the active ingredient or a combination of essential ingredients per dosage unit form.
- the active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at intervals of time. It is understood that the precise dosage and duration of treatment is a function of the disease being treated and may be determined empirically using known testing protocols or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vitro test data. It is to be noted that concentrations and dosage values may also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that the concentration ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed compositions.
- solubilizing compounds may be used. Such methods are known to those of skill in this art, and include, but are not limited to, using surfactants, such as TWEENTM, or dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate. Derivatives of the compounds, such as prodrugs of the compounds may also be used in formulating effective pharmaceutical compositions.
- the resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsion or the like.
- the form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the compound in the selected carrier or vehicle.
- the effective concentration is sufficient for ameliorating the symptoms of the disease, disorder or condition treated and may be empirically determined.
- compositions are provided for administration to humans and
- the pharmaceutically therapeutically active compounds and derivatives thereof are, in one embodiment, formulated and administered in unit-dosage forms or multiple-dosage forms.
- Unit-dose forms as used herein refers to physically discrete units suitable for human and animal subjects and packaged individually as is known in the art. Each unit-dose contains a predetermined quantity of the therapeutically active compound sufficient to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier, vehicle or diluent. Examples of unit-dose forms include ampoules and syringes and individually packaged tablets or capsules. Unit-dose forms may be administered in fractions or multiples thereof.
- a multiple-dose form is a plurality of identical unit-dosage forms packaged in a single container to be administered in segregated unit-dose form. Examples of multiple-dose forms include vials, bottles of tablets or capsules or bottles of pints or gallons.
- Liquid pharmaceutically administrable compositions can, for example, be prepared by dissolving, dispersing, or otherwise mixing an active compound as defined above and optional pharmaceutical adjuvants in a carrier, such as, for example, water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, glycols, ethanol, and the like, to thereby form a solution or suspension.
- a carrier such as, for example, water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, glycols, ethanol, and the like, to thereby form a solution or suspension.
- the pharmaceutical composition to be administered may also contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting agents, emulsifying agents, solubilizing agents, pH buffering agents and the like, for example, acetate, sodium citrate, cyclodextrine derivatives, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine sodium acetate, triethanolamine oleate, and other such agents.
- nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting agents, emulsifying agents, solubilizing agents, pH buffering agents and the like, for example, acetate, sodium citrate, cyclodextrine derivatives, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine sodium acetate, triethanolamine oleate, and other such agents.
- compositions 100% with the balance made up from non-toxic carrier may be prepared. Methods for preparation of these compositions are known to those skilled in the art. For example, subject compositions may contain 0.001%-100% active ingredient, in one embodiment 0.1-95%, in another embodiment 75-85%.
- compositions for Oral Administration are provided.
- Oral pharmaceutical dosage forms may be solid, gel or liquid.
- the solid dosage forms are tablets, capsules, granules, and bulk powders.
- Types of oral tablets include compressed, chewable lozenges and tablets which may be enteric-coated, sugar-coated or film-coated.
- Capsules may be hard or soft gelatin capsules, while granules and powders may be provided in non-effervescent or effervescent form with the combination of other ingredients known to those skilled in the art.
- the formulations are solid dosage forms, in one embodiment, capsules or tablets.
- the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain one or more of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder; a lubricant; a diluent; a glidant; a disintegrating agent; a coloring agent; a sweetening agent; a flavoring agent; a wetting agent; an emetic coating; and a film coating.
- binders include
- microcrystalline cellulose gum tragacanth, glucose solution, acacia mucilage, gelatin solution, molasses, polyinylpyrrolidine, povidone, crospovidones, sucrose and starch paste.
- Lubricants include talc, starch, magnesium or calcium stearate, lycopodium and stearic acid.
- Diluents include, for example, lactose, sucrose, starch, kaolin, salt, mannitol and dicalcium phosphate.
- Glidants include, but are not limited to, colloidal silicon dioxide.
- Disintegrating agents include crosscarmellose sodium, sodium starch glycolate, alginic acid, corn starch, potato starch, bentonite, methylcellulose, agar and carboxymethylcellulose.
- Coloring agents include, for example, any of the approved certified water soluble FD and C dyes, mixtures thereof; and water insoluble FD and C dyes suspended on alumina hydrate.
- Sweetening agents include sucrose, lactose, mannitol and artificial sweetening agents such as saccharin, and any number of spray dried flavors.
- Flavoring agents include natural flavors extracted from plants such as fruits and synthetic blends of compounds which produce a pleasant sensation, such as, but not limited to peppermint and methyl salicylate.
- Wetting agents include propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate and polyoxyethylene laural ether.
- Emetic-coatings include fatty acids, fats, waxes, shellac, ammoniated shellac and cellulose acetate phthalates.
- Film coatings include hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium
- carboxymethylcellulose polyethylene glycol 4000 and cellulose acetate phthalate.
- the compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof could be provided in a composition that protects it from the acidic environment of the stomach.
- the composition can be formulated in an enteric coating that maintains its integrity in the stomach and releases the active compound in the intestine.
- the composition may also be formulated in combination with an antacid or other such ingredient.
- the dosage unit form when it is a capsule, it can contain, in addition to material of the above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil.
- dosage unit forms can contain various other materials which modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar and other enteric agents.
- the compounds can also be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, sprinkle, chewing gum or the like.
- a syrup may contain, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors.
- the active materials can also be mixed with other active materials which do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action, such as antacids, H2 blockers, and diuretics.
- the active ingredient is a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof as described herein. Higher concentrations, up to about 98% by weight of the active ingredient may be included.
- tablets and capsules formulations may be coated as known by those of skill in the art in order to modify or sustain dissolution of the active ingredient.
- they may be coated with a conventional enterically digestible coating, such as phenylsalicylate, waxes and cellulose acetate phthalate.
- Liquid oral dosage forms include aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, solutions and/or suspensions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules and effervescent preparations reconstituted from effervescent granules.
- Aqueous solutions include, for example, elixirs and syrups.
- Emulsions are either oil-in- water or water- in-oil.
- Elixirs are clear, sweetened, hydroalcoholic preparations.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers used in elixirs include solvents.
- Syrups are concentrated aqueous solutions of a sugar, for example, sucrose, and may contain a preservative.
- An emulsion is a two-phase system in which one liquid is dispersed in the form of small globules throughout another liquid.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers used in emulsions are non-aqueous liquids, emulsifying agents and preservatives. Suspensions use pharmaceutically acceptable suspending agents and preservatives. Pharmaceutically acceptable substances used in non-effervescent granules, to be reconstituted into a liquid oral dosage form, include diluents, sweeteners and wetting agents. Pharmaceutically acceptable substances used in effervescent granules, to be reconstituted into a liquid oral dosage form, include organic acids and a source of carbon dioxide. Coloring and flavoring agents are used in all of the above dosage forms.
- Solvents include glycerin, sorbitol, ethyl alcohol and syrup.
- preservatives include glycerin, methyl and propylparaben, benzoic acid, sodium benzoate and alcohol.
- non-aqueous liquids utilized in emulsions include mineral oil and cottonseed oil.
- emulsifying agents include gelatin, acacia, tragacanth, bentonite, and surfactants such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
- Suspending agents include sodium
- Sweetening agents include sucrose, syrups, glycerin and artificial sweetening agents such as saccharin.
- Wetting agents include propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether.
- Organic acids include citric and tartaric acid.
- Sources of carbon dioxide include sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate.
- Coloring agents include any of the approved certified water soluble FD and C dyes, and mixtures thereof.
- Flavoring agents include natural flavors extracted from plants such fruits, and synthetic blends of compounds which produce a pleasant taste sensation.
- the solution or suspension in for example propylene
- the solution e.g., for example, in a polyethylene glycol
- a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier e.g., water
- liquid or semi-solid oral formulations may be prepared by dissolving or dispersing the active compound or salt in vegetable oils, glycols, triglycerides, propylene glycol esters (e.g., propylene carbonate) and other such carriers, and encapsulating these solutions or suspensions in hard or soft gelatin capsule shells.
- Other useful formulations include those set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. RE28,819 and 4,358,603, the disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference.
- such formulations include, but are not limited to, those containing a compound provided herein, a dialkylated mono- or poly-alkylene glycol, including, but not limited to, 1,2-dimethoxymethane, diglyme, triglyme, tetraglyme, polyethylene glycol-350-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-550-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-750-dimethyl ether wherein 350, 550 and 750 refer to the approximate average molecular weight of the polyethylene glycol, and one or more antioxidants, such as butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), propyl gallate, vitamin E, hydroquinone, hydroxycoumarins, ethanolamine, lecithin, cephalin, ascorbic acid, malic acid, sorbitol, phosphoric acid, thiodipropionic acid and its esters, and dithiocarbamates.
- BHT butylated
- formulations include, but are not limited to, aqueous alcoholic solutions
- Alcohols used in these formulations are any pharmaceutically acceptable water-miscible solvents having one or more hydroxyl groups, including, but not limited to, propylene glycol and ethanol.
- Acetals include, but are not limited to, di(lower alkyl)acetals of lower alkyl aldehydes such as acetaldehyde diethyl acetal.
- injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions.
- the injectables, solutions and emulsions also contain one or more excipients. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol or ethanol.
- compositions to be administered may also contain minor amounts of non-toxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, and other such agents, such as for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate and cyclodextrins.
- auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, and other such agents, such as for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate and cyclodextrins.
- implantation of a slow-release or sustained-release system such that a constant level of dosage is maintained is also contemplated herein.
- a compound provided herein is dispersed in a solid inner matrix, e.g., polymethylmethacrylate, polybutylmethacrylate, plasticized or unplasticized polyvinylchloride, plasticized nylon, plasticized
- polyethyleneterephthalate natural rubber, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polyethylene, ethylene-vinylacetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxanes, silicone carbonate copolymers, hydrophilic polymers such as hydrogels of esters of acrylic and methacrylic acid, collagen, cross-linked polyvinylalcohol and cross-linked partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate, that is surrounded by an outer polymeric membrane, e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene/propylene copolymers, ethylene/ethyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene/vinylacetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethyl siloxanes, neoprene rubber, chlorinated polyethylene, polyvinylchloride, vinylchloride copolymers with vinyl acetate, vinylidene chloride, ethylene and propylene, ionomer polyethylene tere
- Parenteral administration of the compositions includes intravenous, subcutaneous and intramuscular administrations.
- Preparations for parenteral administration include sterile solutions ready for injection, sterile dry soluble products, such as lyophilized powders, ready to be combined with a solvent just prior to use, including hypodermic tablets, sterile suspensions ready for injection, sterile dry insoluble products ready to be combined with a vehicle just prior to use and sterile emulsions.
- the solutions may be either aqueous or nonaqueous.
- suitable carriers include physiological saline or
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- thickening and solubilizing agents such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers used in parenteral preparations include aqueous vehicles, nonaqueous vehicles, antimicrobial agents, isotonic agents, buffers, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, emulsifying agents, sequestering or chelating agents and other pharmaceutically acceptable substances.
- aqueous vehicles examples include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringers Injection,
- Nonaqueous parenteral vehicles include fixed oils of vegetable origin, cottonseed oil, corn oil, sesame oil and peanut oil.
- Antimicrobial agents in bacteriostatic or fungistatic concentrations must be added to parenteral preparations packaged in multiple-dose containers which include phenols or cresols, mercurials, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, methyl and propyl p- hydroxybenzoic acid esters, thimerosal, benzalkonium chloride and benzethonium chloride.
- Isotonic agents include sodium chloride and dextrose. Buffers include phosphate and citrate.
- Antioxidants include sodium bisulfate.
- Local anesthetics include procaine hydrochloride.
- Suspending and dispersing agents include sodium carboxymethylcelluose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
- Emulsifying agents include Polysorbate 80
- a sequestering or chelating agent of metal ions include EDTA.
- Pharmaceutical carriers also include ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol for water miscible vehicles; and sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, citric acid or lactic acid for pH adjustment.
- injection provides an effective amount to produce the desired pharmacological effect.
- the exact dose depends on the age, weight and condition of the patient or animal as is known in the art.
- the unit-dose parenteral preparations are packaged in an ampoule, a vial or a syringe with a needle. All preparations for parenteral administration must be sterile, as is known and practiced in the art.
- an active compound is an effective mode of administration.
- Another embodiment is a sterile aqueous or oily solution or suspension containing an active material injected as necessary to produce the desired pharmacological effect.
- Injectables are designed for local and systemic administration.
- a therapeutically effective dosage is formulated to contain a concentration of at least about 0.1% w/w up to about 90% w/w or more, in certain embodiments more than 1% w/w of the active compound to the treated tissue(s).
- the compound may be suspended in micronized or other suitable form or may be any suitable form.
- the sterile, lyophilized powder is prepared by dissolving a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof, in a suitable solvent.
- the solvent may contain an excipient which improves the stability or other pharmacological component of the powder or reconstituted solution, prepared from the powder. Excipients that may be used include, but are not limited to, dextrose, sorbital, fructose, corn syrup, xylitol, glycerin, glucose, sucrose or other suitable agent.
- the solvent may also contain a buffer, such as citrate, sodium or potassium phosphate or other such buffer known to those of skill in the art at, in one embodiment, about neutral pH.
- the resulting solution will be apportioned into vials for lyophilization.
- Each vial will contain a single dosage or multiple dosages of the compound.
- the lyophilized powder can be stored under appropriate conditions, such as at about 4. degree. C. to room temperature.
- the lyophilized powder is added to sterile water or other suitable carrier.
- the precise amount depends upon the selected compound. Such amount can be empirically determined.
- Topical mixtures are prepared as described for the local and systemic administration.
- the resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsions or the like and are formulated as creams, gels, ointments, emulsions, solutions, elixirs, lotions, suspensions, tinctures, pastes, foams, aerosols, irrigations, sprays, suppositories, bandages, dermal patches or any other formulations suitable for topical administration.
- the compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives thereof may be formulated as aerosols for topical application, such as by inhalation.
- These formulations for administration to the respiratory tract can be in the form of an aerosol or solution for a nebulizer, or as a microfine powder for insufflation, alone or in combination with an inert carrier such as lactose.
- the particles of the formulation may have diameters of 50 microns or less, such as 40 microns or less, such as 30 microns or less, such as 25 microns or less, such as 15 microns or less, such as 10 microns or less, suchas 5 microns or less and including having diameters of 1 micron or less.
- the compounds may be formulated for local or topical application, such as for topical application to the skin and mucous membranes, such as in the eye, in the form of gels, creams, and lotions and for application to the eye or for intracistemal or intraspinal application.
- Topical administration is contemplated for transdermal delivery and also for administration to the eyes or mucosa, or for inhalation therapies. Nasal solutions of the active compound alone or in combination with other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients can also be administered.
- solutions such as for example for ophthalmic use, may be formulated as 0.01%-
- transdermal patches including iontophoretic and electrophoretic devices, and buccal and rectal administration, are also contemplated herein.
- Transdermal patches including iotophoretic and electrophoretic devices of interest may include, but are not limited to those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,267,983, 6,261,595,
- compositions for rectal administration are rectal
- Rectal suppositories mean solid bodies for insertion into the rectum which melt or soften at body temperature releasing one or more pharmacologically or therapeutically active ingredients.
- compositions utilized in rectal suppositories are bases or vehicles and agents to raise the melting point.
- bases include cocoa butter (theobroma oil), glycerin-gelatin, carbowax (polyoxyethylene glycol) and appropriate mixtures of mono-, di- and triglycerides of fatty acids. Combinations of the various bases may be used.
- Agents to raise the melting point of suppositories include spermaceti and wax.
- Rectal suppositories may be prepared either by the compressed method or by molding.
- the weight of a rectal suppository in one embodiment, is about 2 to 3 gm.
- Tablets and capsules for rectal administration are manufactured using the same
- the compounds provided herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives thereof, may also be formulated to be targeted to a particular tissue, receptor, or other area of the body of the subject to be treated. Many such targeting methods are well known to those of skill in the art. All such targeting methods are contemplated herein for use in the instant compositions. Examples of targeting methods of interest may include but are not limited to those described in U.S. Pat. Nos.
- liposomal suspensions including tissue-targeted liposomes, such as tumor-targeted liposomes, may also be suitable as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
- tissue-targeted liposomes such as tumor-targeted liposomes
- liposome formulations may be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811, the disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference. Briefly, liposomes such as multilamellar vesicles (MLV's) may be formed by drying down egg phosphatidyl choline and brain phosphatidyl serine (7:3 molar ratio) on the inside of a flask.
- MLV's multilamellar vesicles
- a solution of a compound provided herein in phosphate buffered saline lacking divalent cations (PBS) is added and the flask shaken until the lipid film is dispersed.
- PBS phosphate buffered saline lacking divalent cations
- the subject compounds may be administered in dosages of, for example, 0.1 ⁇ g to 10 mg/kg body weight per day.
- the range is broad, since in general the efficacy of a therapeutic effect for different mammals varies widely with doses typically being 20, 30 or even 40 times smaller (per unit body weight) in man than in the rat.
- the mode of administration can have a large effect on dosage.
- oral dosages may be about ten times the injection dose. Higher doses may be used for localized routes of delivery.
- a typical dosage may be a solution suitable for intravenous administration; a tablet taken from one to six times daily, or one time-release capsule or tablet taken once a day and containing a proportionally higher content of active ingredient, etc.
- the time-release effect may be obtained by capsule materials that dissolve at different pH values, by capsules that release slowly by osmotic pressure, or by any other known means of controlled release.
- dose levels can vary as a function of the specific compound, the severity of the symptoms and the susceptibility of the subject to side effects. Preferred dosages for a given compound are readily determinable by those of skill in the art by a variety of means.
- a suitable dosage range is one which provides up to about 1 ⁇ g to about 1,000 ⁇ g or about 10,000 ⁇ g of subject composition to reduce a symptom in a subject animal.
- Unit dosage forms for oral or rectal administration such as syrups, elixirs, and
- each dosage unit for example, teaspoonful
- unit dosage forms for injection or intravenous administration may comprise the compound (s) in a composition as a solution in sterile water, normal saline or another pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the present disclosure includes compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for stabilizing transthyretin and prevents dissociation of the transthyretin tetramer by kinetic stabilization of the native state of the transthyretin tetramer of TTR such as those found in the blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, fluids of the central nervous system (CNS), retina and the eyes.
- compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of interest include those, which are compatible with the biological fluids of blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, fluids of the central nervous system, retina and the eyes.
- the subject compounds may be formulated with or otherwise administered in combination with other pharmaceutically active agents, including other agents, which may modulate intra or extracellular protein homeostasis and/or protein stability and or protein aggregation and/or protein folding, such as resveratrol, heat shock proteins, protein chaperones, and mimics thereof.
- other pharmaceutically active agents including other agents, which may modulate intra or extracellular protein homeostasis and/or protein stability and or protein aggregation and/or protein folding, such as resveratrol, heat shock proteins, protein chaperones, and mimics thereof.
- the compounds described above may also be administered in combination with other therapies for diseases caused by TTR amyloid fibrils.
- Therapies for diseases caused by TTR amyloid fibrils include heart transplant for TTR cardiomyopathy, liver transplant, other kinetic stabilizers of TTR, RNA knock-down and/or RNA interference methods and the like.
- the compound described above may be administered before, after, or during another therapy for diseases caused by TTR amyloid fibrils.
- the compounds described herein for use in combination therapy with the compounds of the present invention may be administered by the same route of administration (e.g.
- the compounds for use in combination therapy with the compounds of the present invention may be administered by a different route of administration that the compounds are administered.
- the compounds and compositions provided herein may be administered as the only therapeutic agent or in combination with other active ingredients.
- the compounds and compositions may be administered in combination with other compounds to treat amyloidoses and amyloid disorders, including but not limited to compounds that bind to and stabilize TTR and/or compounds that target TTR RNA and/or compounds that modulate the expression of the TTR protein and/or compounds that modulate the transcription of the TTR gene and/or compounds, which may modulate intra or extracellular protein homeostasis and/or protein stability and/or protein aggregation and/or protein folding.
- amyloidoses including but not limited to familial amyloid polyneuropathy, familial amyloid cardiomyopathy, cerebral amyloidoses, leptomeningeal amyloidis, oculoleptomengial amyloidosis, senile systemic amyloidosis, vitreous amyloidosis, ocular amyloidoes, familial euthyroid hyperthyroxinemia, gastrointestinal amyloidoses, neuropathic amyloidoses, non-neuropathic amyloidoses, nephropathy, non-hereditary amyloidoses, reactive/secondary amyloidoes, Alzheimer's disease, spongiform encephalopathy (i.e.Creutzfeldt Jakob disease, GSS, fatal familial insomnia), Guillain-Barre' syndrome, frontotemporal dementia, multiple sclerosis,
- ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
- ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
- macular degeneration macular degeneration
- vitreous opacities glaucoma
- type II diabetes type II diabetes and medullary carcinoma of the thyroid.
- Kits with unit doses of the subject compounds are provided.
- kits in addition to the containers containing the unit doses will be an informational package insert describing the use and attendant benefits of the drugs in treating pathological condition of interest.
- Preferred compounds and unit doses are those described herein above.
- the compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives may be packaged as articles of manufacture containing packaging material, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof provided herein, which is effective for modulating TTR folding, or for treatment, prevention or amelioration of one or more symptoms of TTR mediated diseases or disorders, or diseases or disorders in which TTR misfolding, is implicated, within the packaging material, and a label that indicates that the compound or composition, or
- TTR folding or for treatment, prevention or amelioration of one or more symptoms of TTR mediated diseases or disorders, or diseases or disorders in which TTR misfolding is implicated.
- the articles of manufacture provided herein contain packaging materials.
- packaging materials include, but are not limited to, blister packs, bottles, tubes, inhalers, pumps, bags, vials, containers, syringes, bottles, and any packaging material suitable for a selected formulation and intended mode of administration and treatment.
- a wide array of formulations of the compounds and compositions provided herein are contemplated as are a variety of treatments for any disease or disorder in which TTR misfolding is implicated as a mediator or contributor to the symptoms or cause.
- TTR stabilizers disclosed herein may be used to decrease TTR amyloid formation and/or to decrease cell dysfunction and/or death associated with TTR amyloid formation.
- TTR stabilizers may be used to decrease TTR amyloid formation in vitro in a cell-free system, in vitro - intra or extracellularily in cell culture, and in vivo, such as TTR found in bodily fluids including but not restricted to blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, tissue and organs including but not restricted to the heart, the kidney, peripheral nerves, meninges, the central nervous system, the eye (including the retina and vitreous fluid) of a subject.
- bodily fluids including but not restricted to blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, tissue and organs including but not restricted to the heart, the kidney, peripheral nerves, meninges, the central nervous system, the eye (including the retina and vitreous fluid) of a subject.
- methods for using the disclosed compounds include administering the disclosed compounds in vitro, ex vivo or to a subject in vivo to increase the stability of TTR found in bodily fluids including but not restricted to blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, tissues and organs including but not restricted to the heart, the kidney, peripheral nerves, meninges, the central nervous system, the eyes..
- Amyloid fibril formation may be determined using a turbidity assay in vitro in a cell- free system.
- the turbidity assay can use a wild-type TTR or a mutant of TTR with an increased tendency to form amyloid fibrils.
- TTR amyloidogenesis may be initiated by acidification of TTR or the addition of urea.
- acidification of TTR or addition of urea may also be used.
- TTR stabilizers disclosed herein may be used to decrease TTR amyloid formation in a cell, such as those cells found in bodily fluids including but not restricted to blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, tissue and organs including but not restricted to the heart, the kidney, peripheral nerves, meninges, the central nervous system, the eye (including the retina and vitreous fluid) of a subject.
- the method comprises administering to the tissue or biological fluid a composition comprising a stabilizing amount of a compound described herein that binds to transthyretin and prevents dissociation of the transthyretin tetramer by kinetic stabilization of the native state of the transthyretin tetramer.
- methods for using the disclosed compounds include administering to the tissue or biological fluid a composition comprising a stabilizing amount of a compound described herein that binds to transthyretin and prevents dissociation of the transthyretin tetramer by kinetic stabilization of the native state of the transthyretin tetramer of TTR found in the blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, fluids of the central nervous system, retina and the eyes.
- the method involves administering to the tissue or biological fluid a stabilizing amount of a compound provided herein that binds to TTR and prevents dissociation of the TTR tetramer by kinetic stabilization of the native state of the TTR tetramer.
- methods which stabilize transthyretin in a diseased tissue ameliorate misfolding and lessen symptoms of an associated disease and, depending upon the disease, can contribute to cure of the disease.
- the target disease of methods of the present disclosure may vary and may include those diseases which result from protein misfolding (e.g., TTR folding) or diseases associated with an increased tendency to form amyloid fibrils of the TTR tetramer found in the bodily fluids such as blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, fluids of the central nervous system and eyes.
- the invention contemplates inhibition of TTR misfolding in a tissue and/or within a cell.
- the extent of misfolding, and therefore the extent of inhibition achieved by the present methods can be evaluated by a variety of methods, such as are described in the Examples.
- the invention includes a method of treating a TTR
- the method comprising administering to a subject diagnosed as having a TTR amyloid disease a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that stabilizes the native state of the TTR tetramer.
- the invention features a method of treating a TTR amyloid disease, the method comprising administering to a subject diagnosed as having a TTR amyloid disease a therapeutically effective amount of a compound disclosed above that stabilizes TTR tetramer.
- the TTR amyloid disease can be, for example, familial amyloid polyneuropathy,
- familial amyloid cardiomyopathy familial amyloid cardiomyopathy, senile systemic amyloidosis, central amyloidosis or ocular amyloidosis.
- the subject treated in the present methods can be a human subject, although it is to be understood that the principles of the invention indicate that the invention is effective with respect to all mammals.
- a number of in vitro tests can be used to evaluate the compounds for their ability to stabilize TTR tetramers or prevent formation of fibrils.
- the tests can include a fibril formation assay, a plasma selectivity assay, determination of the three-dimensional structure of a
- TTRxompound complex e.g., by X-ray crystallography
- kinetics of TTR tetramer dissociation or fibril formations e.g., by X-ray crystallography
- kinetics of TTR tetramer dissociation or fibril formations e.g., by X-ray crystallography
- kinetics of TTR tetramer dissociation or fibril formations e.g., by X-ray crystallography
- kinetics of TTR tetramer dissociation or fibril formations e.g., by X-ray crystallography
- kinetics of TTR tetramer dissociation or fibril formations e.g., by X-ray crystallography
- kinetics of TTR tetramer dissociation or fibril formations e.g., by X-ray crystallography
- kinetics of TTR tetramer dissociation or fibril formations e
- the TTR used in the screening methods can be wild type TTR or a mutant TTR, such as a naturally occurring mutant TTR causally associated with the incidence of a TTR amyloid disease such as familial amyloid polyneuropathy or familial amyloid cardiomyopathy.
- Example naturally occurring mutant TTRs include, but are not limited to, V122I, V30M, L55P (the mutant nomenclature describes the substitution at a recited amino acid position, relative to the wild type; see, e.g., Saraiva et al. Hum. Mut. 17:493-503 (2001)).
- molecular weight is weight average molecular weight
- temperature is in degrees Celsius
- pressure is at or near atmospheric.
- Standard abbreviations may be used, e.g., bp, base pair(s); kb, kilobase(s); pi, picoliter(s); s or sec, second(s); min, minute(s); h or hr, hour(s); aa, amino acid(s); kb, kilobase(s); bp, base pair(s); nt, nucleotide(s); Room Temperature, RT, rt, and the like.
- N-ethyl 3-(3-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)propoxy)-4-fluorobenzamide To a suspension of 4 (100 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1 equiv) in a mixture of THF (3 ml) and water (3 ml) is added (27.1 mg, 0.66 mmol, 2 equiv) of C 2 3 ⁇ 4NH 2 . The reaction mixture is adjusted to pH 9.0 with .5N NaOH, then stirred at room temperature for 14 hr after which it is cooled to 0°C and carefully adjusted to pH 7 with IN aqueous HCl.
- diketone 3 was dissolved in ethanol (5 mL) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (116 mg, 1.67 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 16 h and after this time the reaction was cooled to room temperature.
- test compound Compound VIIc, Compound A, and Tafamidis
- thermogram after the subtraction of blanks yielded a binding isotherm that fit best to a model of two interacting sites exhibiting negative cooperativity.
- the data were fit by a nonlinear least squares approach with four adjustable parameters: K & ⁇ , AH1, K ⁇ i2, and AH2 using the ITC data analysis module in MicroCal ORIGIN 5.0 software.
- test compounds The binding affinity and selectivity of the of test compounds to TTR was determined by their ability to compete for covalent probe 6 (shown below) binding to TTR in human serum as previously reported (Choi et al., Bioorg Med Chem (2011)).
- 98 ⁇ ⁇ of human serum (Sigma- Aldrich) was mixed with 1 ⁇ L ⁇ of test compounds (1.0 mM stock solution in DMSO, final concentration: 10 ⁇ ) and 1 ⁇ L ⁇ of covalent probe 6 (0.36 mM stock solution in DMSO: final concentration: 3.6 ⁇ ).
- DMSO for different assays. 0.5 ⁇ of each compound was added to 24.5 ⁇ of human serum (from human male AB plasma, Sigma) to make the final concentration of 10 ⁇ . The samples were incubated at 37°C for 2 h, and then 10 ⁇ of the samples were diluted 1: 10 with acidification buffer (pH 4.0, 100 mM sodium acetate, 100 mM KC1, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM DTT).
- acidification buffer pH 4.0, 100 mM sodium acetate, 100 mM KC1, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM DTT).
- the samples for 0 hours were directly cross-linked with glutaraldehyde (final concentration of 2.5%) for 5 min, and then quenched with 10 ⁇ of 7% sodium borohydride solution in 0.1 M NaOH; while the samples in acidification buffer were incubated at room temperature for 72 h and then cross-linked and quenched with the same protocol. All the samples were denatured with adding 100 ⁇ SDS gel loading buffer and boiled for 5 min. 12.5 ⁇ of each sample was separated in 12% SDS-PAGE gels and analyzed by immunoblotting using anti-TTR antiserum (DAKO A0002). The normalization was done by dividing each value of the TTR tetramer band intensity by the average of all the values at time 0.
- Samples were obtained from two patients with the V122I TTR mutation.
- Compound VIIc was not toxic on a number of cell lines, compared to Compound A, which displayed toxicity to certain cell lines at higher concentration (>25 ⁇ ). Therefore, by incorporating the carboxylic acid group we developed Compound VIIc, which is more potent and less toxic than the HTS, Compound A. Compound VIIc has surprising properties in comparison to compound A.
- the FP assay is a competitive assay that allows measurement of ligands binding to TTR based on their ability to displace a fluorescent probe from the TTR T 4 -binding sites (FP-probe 5, above). All test compounds were able to bind to TTR (purified from human plasma) at 10 ⁇ (Fig. 4). The top two compounds, Compound VIIc and tafamidis, were then assayed in a multi-point dose-response FP assay (concentration range between 0.003 and 100 ⁇ ).
- Ligands that bind with high selectivity to TTR in serum decrease covalent probe 6 binding to TTR and therefore lower the fluorescence.
- All test compounds (10 ⁇ ) were incubated with human serum (WT- TTR concentration ⁇ 5 ⁇ ) in the presence of covalent probe 6 (3.6 ⁇ ) (Fig. 4).
- Compound VIIc which binds with high affinity to TTR in buffer was, when compared to tafamidis and Compound A (70.5 + 1.4% and 59.3 + 8.7% probe binding, respectively), the most selective TTR ligand in serum (3.1 + 2.9% probe binding) (Fig. 4B).
- Compound VIIc In comparison to tafamidis and Compound A, Compound VIIc exhibited remarkable selectivity for binding TTR in human serum in the presence of more than 4,000 other human serum proteins such as albumin (Figs. 4-6). The exceptional binding selectivity of Compound VIIc to serum TTR surpasses that of TTR's natural ligand, T 4 as well as that of tafamidis and Compound A.
- Test compounds (10 ⁇ ) were pre-incubated with human serum (TTR ⁇ 5 ⁇ ) and the pH was lowered to pH 4.0 to induce aggregation. Aliquots, taken at 0 and 72 hours, were treated with glutaraldehyde to cross-link TTR tetramers that remained intact in the serum sample.
- SDS-T SDS-T
- TTR tetramer in serum Compound A provided similar stabilizing effect to that of tafamidis (61.7% +/- 2.1% TTR tetramer stabilization at 10 ⁇ ).
- Compound VIIc was very effective and stabilized the majority (108 +/- 6%) of serum WT-TTR.
- the dramatically increased stabilizing effect of Compound VIIc compared to Compound A and Tafamidis was unanticipated and surprising.
- Compound VIIc was also very effective in stabilizing almost all the V122I-TTR mutant in serum samples form FAC patients (-100%) (Fig. 6). Due to its ability to stabilize WT- and V122I-TTR, we anticipate Compound VIIc to be effective against both SSA and FAC.
- Cytotoxicity results tafamidis were similar to Compound VIIc, except towards MCF7 cells, where cytotoxic effects were observed at higher concentrations (>50 ⁇ ).
- the linker is selected considering the biophysical properties of the interacting proteins (Rp: recruited protein, and Tp: target protein). Given the bifunctional compound effectively acts to form a protein complex, the long-range forces that govern protein-protein interaction are considered when selecting an appropriate linker. The effect of the electrostatic interaction may be favorable, unfavourable or small. If the effect is small, the linker is selected to merely be long enough to project the targeting moiety (T) out of the binding pocket. If the interaction between Rp (recruited protein) and Tp (target protein) is disfavoured the linker is selected to be longer. The longer the linker (e.g., a flexible linker), the greater the area explored by the targeting element.
- Rp recruited protein
- Tp target protein
- Linkers of various length, hydrophilicity, and rigidity are used in the preparation of bifunctional compounds.
- the linkers are attached to activated functional groups on the small molecule targeting and recruitment moieties using any convenient organic coupling reactions (e.g., ester, amide, and ether bond formation reactions).
- Targeting Moieties Any small molecule ligand of a target protein or target protein/receptor pair can be used.
- targeting moieties are identified by small molecule microarrays (SMM) screening for binding to the target protein using computational approaches.
- SMM small molecule microarrays
- the attachment site for the linker on the TTR ligand is determined by the co- crystal structure of the ligand bound to TTR.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Psychology (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Investigating Or Analysing Biological Materials (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
Disclosed herein are compounds and compositions thereof which find use in increasing stability of proteins particularly proteins that tend to misfold and form aggregates. Also provided herein are methods for using these compounds and compositions for increasing stability of proteins and thereby decreasing aggregate formation by these proteins. Also disclosed herein are heterobifunctional compounds that include a TTR binding compound connected to a targeting moiety via a linker, for use in disrupting PPIs of a target protein.
Description
TRANSTHYRETIN STABILIZERS AND THEIR USE FOR
INHIBITING TRANSTHYRETIN AMYLOIDOSIS AND PROTEIN-PROTEIN INTERACTIONS
CROSS-REFERENCE
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/745,089, filed
December 21, 2012, and U.S. Patent Application No. 13/830,731, filed on March 14, 2013, which applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
INTRODUCTION
[0002] Protein aggregation underlies a large number of human disorders, including some of the most common diseases observed in the aging population, including systemic and CNS amyloidoses (Selkoe et al. Nat Cell Biol 6: 1054-1061 (2004); Falk et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 337:898-909 (1997)). Recently this process has also been implicated as an important mechanism in cellular senescence (Haigis et al., Mol Cell 40:333-344 (2010)). Aggregation of disease-associated peptides or proteins can occur in different sub-cellular compartments and either affect specific tissues or spread systemically (Stefani et al., Biochimica et biophysica acta 1739:5-25 (2004)). Data from biophysical, cellular and animal models indicate that a number of genetic and environmental factors contribute to in vivo protein misfolding, aggregation and amyloid fibril formation (amyloidogenesis). Protein misfolding and amyloid formation is believed to be intimately involved in the pathologenic mechanisms of human amyloid diseases based on the demonstrated cytotoxicity of in vitro aggregated protein. A number of observations in patients also indicate that amyloid formation is intimately linked to disease pathogenesis. Such observations include: lower levels of amyloid observed in the CNS of age-matched controls relative to Alzheimer disease patients and the correlation of improved health with the clearance of amyloid in Familial Amyloid polyneuropathy (FAP) patients, following liver transplantation to replace mutant TTR with wild-type TTR. Hence, there is strong interest in identifying ways to prevent the conformational changes that result in the formation of amyloid fibrils.
[0003] Transthyretin (TTR or prealbumin) is one of more than 30 proteins whose aggregation can cause disease (Selkoe et al., Nature 426:900-904 (2003); Reixach et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA 101:2817-2822 (2004)). TTR is a 127-amino-acid, β-sheet-rich protein, which forms a homotetramer that is primarily synthesized by the liver and secreted into the blood. Using orthogonal binding surfaces TTR binds to both thyroxine (T4) and holo retinol-binding protein
(RBP). TTR is the main carrier of RBP, but due to the presence of two other T4 transport proteins it is only a back-up carrier for T4 in humans (<1% T4 bound). The two T4-binding pockets, which remain largely unoccupied in humans, are formed by the weaker dimer-dimer interface (Connelly et al., Curr Opin Struct Biol 20:54-62 (2010)). Each of the two T4 binding sites created by the dimer-dimer interface of the TTR homotetramer consists of an outer binding subsite, an inner binding subsite, and an intervening interface that are composed of pairs of symmetric hydrophobic depressions referred to as halogen binding pockets (HBPs), in which the iodine atoms of T4 reside (Wojtczak et al., Acta Crystallogr D Biol Crystallogr, 52 pp. 758-765 (1996)). Dissociation of the TTR-tetramer at the T4-binding interface, which generates dimers that rapidly dissociate into amyloidogenic monomers, is the rate-limiting step during TTR misfolding and amyloid formation.
There are more than 100 known amyloidogenic mutations in TTR, which segregate into ethnic and geographic groupings (Saraiva et al., Hum Mutat 5: 191-196 (1995); Connors et al.,
Amyloid 10: 160-184 (2003)). Point mutations in TTR promote TTR amyloidogenesis either by lowering the thermodynamic stability of TTR or through decreasing the kinetic barrier for tetramer dissociation, or both (Connelly et al., Curr Opin Struct Biol 20:54-62 (2010)). These mutations lead to hereditary TTR amyloidoses such as familial amyloid polyneuropathy (FAP) and familial amyloid cardiomyopathy (FAC), which are both autosomal dominant conditions with varying ages of onset and penetrance depending on ethnic background. One of the clinically most important FAP-causing TTR mutations is the thermodynamically destabilized
VaBOMet TTR (V30M) (Coelho Curr Opin Neurol 9:355-359 (1996)). However, the slow rate of tetramer dissociation (comparable to that of wild type TTR) limits the steady-state concentration of the destabilized amyloidogenic monomer, which might explain the incomplete penetrance of the V30M mutation in non-Portuguese populations. The most common TTR variant with almost exclusive cardiac involvement is the kinetically destabilizing V122I mutation. Although the V122I-TTR monomer has similar stability to the wild type (WT-TTR) monomer, the tetramer dissociates 3-fold faster under physiological conditions and may explain the higher penetrance of the V122I mutation (Jiang et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A
98: 14943-14948 (2001)). This allele occurs in 3-4% of African- Americans (-1.3 million people) and is hypothesized to contribute to the increased prevalence of heart failure among
African Americans (Jacobson et al., N Engl J Med 336:466-473 (1997); Connors et al. Am
Heart J 158:607-614 (2009); Buxbaum et al. Am Heart J 159:864-870 (2010)). WT-TTR aggregation underlies the development of senile systemic amyloidosis (SSA), a condition that affects up to 10-20% of the population over age 65.
[0005] Protein-protein interactions (PPIs) are a key regulatory mechanism for a number of physiological and pathological cellular processes making them prime targets for therapeutic intervention. Although therapeutic antibodies that block PPIs are the fastest growing segment of the prescription-drug market, no small-molecule therapeutics have yet been approved for this important target class. The majority of PPIs involve large interfaces, in many cases larger than 1500 A2 (up to 4500 A2) in which the affinity is obtained by a multitude of often weak interactions. As a consequence these widely spaced interactions are difficult to mimic with small molecules. Antagonizing PPIs with small, organic compounds is a challenging for a number of reasons: 1) a large, often flat, surface area is buried on each side of the interface, 2) the lack of deep cavities, 3) the nature of typical small-molecule libraries. Thus many PPIs have come to be considered 'undruggable'. Many extracellular PPI targets have been validated through the use of antibodies or other protein antagonists, some of which have become highly successful drugs. Examples are TNFa, IL2, IL4, IL13, VEGF, IFNa, SDF-1, CD4, MET, HER1&2.
[0006] The development of fluorescent and/or luminescent biosensors has emerged as a
powerful tool for monitoring biomolecules in vitro and in vivo. Forster resonance energy transfer (FRET) is a method that measures distance-dependent energy transfer between two chromophores, one the donor and the other the acceptor. The donor, after excitation by light, can tansfer energy to the acceptor via an induced dipole induced dipole interaction. The efficiency of the energy transfer depends on the sixth power of the distance between the dyes. In general, the acceptor must be at 10-80 A distance to the donor for efficient energy transfer. FRET is a useful technique because measurements can be under physiological conditions and is one of the most widely used sensing mechanisms for ratiometric fluorescent probes. It permits the investigation of protein/protein interactions and has proven to be a robust method for the investigation of the dynamics of protein complex composition and stoichiometry.
SUMMARY
[0007] Disclosed herein are compounds and compositions thereof, which find use in increasing the stability of proteins, particularly proteins that may misfold and form aggregates. Also provided herein are methods for using these compounds and compositions for increasing stability of proteins and thereby decreasing aggregate formation by these proteins. Also disclosed herein are heterobifunctional compounds that include a TTR binding compound connected to a targeting moiety via a linker, for use in disrupting PPIs of a target protein. Also disclosed herein are labeled compounds binding to the T4 pocket of TTR, which are used to
determine the concentration of stabilized and/or tetrameric TTR, by either measurement the retained label and/or by measurement of distance-dependent energy transfer between the labeled compound bound to the T4 binding pocket and a labeled compound and/or peptide and/or protein bound to an orthogonal binding surface on the TTR tetramer.
[0008] Provided herein are methods for using the disclosed compounds to increase the stability of TTR and/or tetrameric TTR thereby preventing it from misfolding and forming TTR amyloid fibrils.
[0009] The TTR stabilizers disclosed herein may be used to decrease TTR amyloid formation and/or to decrease cell dysfunction and/or death associated with TTR amyloid formation. The TTR stabilizers may be used to decrease TTR amyloid formation in vitro in a cell-free system, in vitro - intra or extracellularily in cell culture, and in vivo, such as TTR found in bodily fluids including but not restricted to blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, tissue and organs including but not restricted to the heart, the kidney, peripheral nerves, meninges, the central nervous system, the eye (including the retina and vitreous fluid) of a subject. As such, methods for using the disclosed compounds include administering the disclosed compounds in vitro, ex vivo or to a subject in vivo to increase the stability of TTR found in bodily fluids including but not restricted to blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, tissues and organs including but not restricted to the heart, the kidney, peripheral nerves, meninges, the central nervous system, the eyes.
[0010] Also provided herein is a method for treatment, prevention, delay or improvement of one or more symptoms of TTR amyloidoses as well as the method involving the administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein. In one embodiment, the compound prevents dissociation of a transthyretin tetramer by kinetic stabilization of the TTR tetramer. The TTR amyloid diseases include, but are not limited to familial amyloid polyneuropathy, familial amyloid cardiomyopathy, leptomeningeal amyloidis,
oculoleptomengial amyloidosis, senile systemic amyloidosis, vitreous amyloidosis, CNS amyloidsis, familial euthyroid hyperthyroxinemia. Other amyloid diseases include but are not restricted to ocular amyloidosis, gastrointestinal amyloidoses, neuropathic amyloidoses, non- neuropathic amyloidoses, nephropathy, non-hereditary amyloidoses, reactive/secondary amyloidoses, cerebral amyloidoses, Alzheimer's disease, spongiform encephalopathy
(i.e.Creutzfeldt Jakob disease, GSS, fatal familial insomnia), frontotemporal dementia, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Down Syndrome, multiple sclerosis, polyneuropathy, Guillain-Barre' syndrome, macular degeneration, vitreous opacities, glaucoma, type II diabetes and medullary carcinoma of the thyroid.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0011] Fig. 1 illustrates the evaluation of ligands binding (Compound VIIc, Compound A, and tafamidis) to TTR in buffer by fluorescence polarization. Fig. 1 depicts TTR ligands (10 μΜ) competitively displace the FP-probe 5 (0.2 μΜ) from TTR (0.4 μΜ) through binding to the T4- binding sites (the lower the probe binding, the higher the binding affinity of TTR ligand). .
[0012] Fig. 2 depicts the competition of FP-probe 5 from TTR by increasing concentrations
(0.003 to 100 μΜ) of Compound VIIc (ΚΆρρ = 193 nM, R2 = 0.994) and tafamidis (ΚΆρρ = 247 nM, R = 0.990). Each point shows the mean +/- SD of three replicates.
[0013] Fig. 3 depicts the assessment of the binding affinity of Compound VIIc, Compound A, and tafamidis to TTR by isothermal titration calorimetry. (A) Calorimetric titration of
Compound VIIc against TTR (Kdi = 4.8 nM and Kd2 = 314 nM). (B) Calorimetric titration of Compound A against TTR (Kdi = 58 nM and Kd2 = 500 nM). (C) Calorimetric titration of tafamidis against TTR (Kdi = 4.4 nM and Kd2 = 280 nM). Raw data (top) and integrated heats (bottom) from the titration of TTR (2 μΜ) with test compounds (25 μΜ).
[0014] Fig. 4 depicts fluorescence change due to modification of TTR in human serum by covalent probe 6 (A) monitored for 6 h in the presence of probe alone (black circles) or probe and TTR ligands (Compound VIIc, Compound A, and tafamidis) (colors) (B) percentage of covalent probe 6 binding to TTR in the presence of ligands (Compound VIIc, Compound A, and tafamidis) measured after 6 hours of incubation, relative to probe alone (The lower the binding of the probe the higher the binding selectivity of the ligand to TTR). Each bar shows the mean +/- SD of three replicates.
[0015] Fig. 5 depicts the stabilization of WT-TTR in serum against acid-mediated denaturation in (A) the presence of 10 microM Compound VIIc, Compound A, and tafamidis, (B) the presence of concentration range (0.1 to 10 microM) of Compound VIIc and Tafamidis. Serum samples were incubated in acetate buffer (pH 4.0), with DMSO or 10 μΜ of test compound , for the desired time period (0 and 72 hours) before cross-linking, SDS-PAGE, and
immunoblotting. The density of all TTR bands (TTR tetramer; arrowhead and TTR bound to RBP; solid arrow) was quantified using an Odyssey infrared imaging system (LI-COR
Bioscience, Lincoln, NE) and reported as % TTR tetramer = 100 x [(tetramer & tetramer + RBP density, 72 hrs)/(tetramer & tetramer + RBP density of DMSO, 0 hrs)] . Each bar shows the mean +/- SD of three replicates.
[0016] Figs. 6A-6B illustrate the stabilization of V122I-TTR in serum from two FAC patients against acid-mediated denaturation in the presence of Compound VIIc and tafamidis. Serum samples were incubated in acetate buffer (pH 4.0), with DMSO or 10 μΜ of tafamidis and
Compound VIIc, for the desired time period (0 and 72 hours) before cross-linking, SDS- PAGE, and immunoblotting. Each bar shows the mean +/- SD of three replicates.
[0017] Fig. 7 depict the assessment of the cytotoxicity of Compound VIIc, Compound A, and tafamidis, at concentrations from 1 to 100 μΜ, on four different cell lines: Hep3B: human hepatoma cell line; Jurkat: T lymphocyte cell line; MCF7: breast cancer cell line HeLa:
cervical cancer cell line; Cell viability was assessed using the MTT assay after 24 h. Cell viability results are reported relative to cells treated with vehicle only (100% cell viability). Each bar shows the mean +/- SD of three replicates.
[0018] Fig. 8 shows the binding affinity and selectivity of the test compounds to TTR by their ability to compete for covalent probe 6 binding to TTR in human serum.
DEFINITIONS
[0019] "In combination with" as used herein refers to uses where, for example, the first
compound is administered during the entire course of administration of the second compound; where the first compound is administered for a period of time that is overlapping with the administration of the second compound, e.g. where administration of the first compound begins before the administration of the second compound and the administration of the first compound ends before the administration of the second compound ends; where the
administration of the second compound begins before the administration of the first compound and the administration of the second compound ends before the administration of the first compound ends; where the administration of the first compound begins before administration of the second compound begins and the administration of the second compound ends before the administration of the first compound ends; where the administration of the second compound begins before administration of the first compound begins and the administration of the first compound ends before the administration of the second compound ends. As such, "in combination" can also refer to regimen involving administration of two or more compounds. "In combination with" as used herein also refers to administration of two or more compounds which may be administered in the same or different formulations, by the same of different routes, and in the same or different dosage form type.
[0020] The term "isolated compound" means a compound which has been substantially
separated from, or enriched relative to, other compounds with which it occurs in nature or during chemical synthesis. Isolated compounds are usually at least about 80% pure, or at least about 90% pure, at least about 98% pure, or at least about 99% pure, by weight. The present
invention is meant to encompass diastereomers as well as their racemic and resolved, enantiomerically pure forms and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
[0021] "Treating" or "treatment" of a condition or disease includes: (1) preventing,
ameliorating or altering at least one symptom of the conditions in a beneficial manner, i.e., causing a clinical symptom to not significantly develop in a mammal that may be exposed to or predisposed to the disease but does not yet experience or display symptoms of the disease, (2) inhibiting the disease, i.e., arresting or reducing the development of the disease or its symptoms, or (3) relieving the disease, i.e., causing regression of the disease or its clinical symptoms. As used herein, amelioration of the symptoms of a particular disorder by administration of a particular compound or pharmaceutical composition refers to any lessening, whether permanent or temporary, lasting or transient that can be attributed to or associated with administration of the composition.
[0022] A "therapeutically effective amount" or "efficacious amount" means the amount of a compound that, when administered to a mammal or other subject for treating a disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment for the disease. The "therapeutically effective amount" will vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity and the age, weight, etc., of the subject to be treated.
[0023] The terms "subject" and "patient" mean a mammal that may have a need for the
pharmaceutical methods, compositions and treatments described herein. Subjects and patients thus include, without limitation, primate (including humans), canine, feline, ungulate (e.g., equine, bovine, swine (e.g., pig)), and other subjects. Humans and non-human animals having commercial importance (e.g., livestock and domesticated animals) are of particular interest.
[0024] "Mammal" means a member or members of any mammalian species, and includes, by way of example, canines; felines; equines; bovines; ovines; rodentia, etc. and primates, particularly humans. Non-human animal models, particularly mammals, e.g. primate, murine, lagomorpha, etc. may be used for experimental investigations.
[0025] The term "unit dosage form," as used herein, refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human and animal subjects, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of compounds of the present invention calculated in an amount sufficient to produce the desired effect in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or vehicle. The specifications for the novel unit dosage forms of the present invention depend on the particular compound employed and the effect to be achieved, and the pharmacodynamics associated with each compound in the host.
[0026] The term "physiological conditions" is meant to encompass those conditions compatible with living cells, e.g., predominantly aqueous conditions of a temperature, pH, salinity, etc. that are compatible with living cells.
[0027] A "pharmaceutically acceptable excipient," "pharmaceutically acceptable diluent,"
"pharmaceutically acceptable carrier," and "pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant" means an excipient, diluent, carrier, and adjuvant that are useful in preparing a pharmaceutical composition that are generally safe, non-toxic and neither biologically nor otherwise undesirable, and include an excipient, diluent, carrier, and adjuvant that are acceptable for veterinary use as well as human pharmaceutical use. "A pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, diluent, carrier and adjuvant" as used in the specification and claims includes both one and more than one such excipient, diluent, carrier, and adjuvant.
[0028] As used herein, a "pharmaceutical composition" is meant to encompass a composition suitable for administration to a subject, such as a mammal, especially a human. In general a "pharmaceutical composition" is preferably sterile, and free of contaminants that are capable of eliciting an undesirable response within the subject (e.g., the compound(s) in the
pharmaceutical composition is pharmaceutical grade). Pharmaceutical compositions can be designed for administration to subjects or patients in need thereof via a number of different routes of administration including oral, buccal, rectal, parenteral, intraperitoneal, intradermal, intracheal and the like.
[0029] As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives" of a compound of the
invention include salts, esters, enol ethers, enol esters, acetals, ketals, orthoesters, hemiacetals, hemiketals, acids, bases, solvates, hydrates or prodrugs thereof. Such derivatives may be readily prepared by those of skill in this art using known methods for such derivatization. The compounds produced may be administered to animals or humans without substantial toxic effects and either are pharmaceutically active or are prodrugs.
[0030] As used herein, pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives of a compound include salts, esters, enol ethers, enol esters, acetals, ketals, orthoesters, hemiacetals, hemiketals, solvates, hydrates or prodrugs thereof. Such derivatives may be readily prepared by those of skill in this art using known methods for such derivatization. The compounds produced may be
administered to animals or humans without substantial toxic effects and either are
pharmaceutically active or are prodrugs.
[0031] A "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" of a compound means a salt that is
pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound. Such salts include: (1) acid addition salts, formed with inorganic acids such
as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid,
cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4- hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, glucoheptonic acid, 4,4'-methylenebis-(3-hydroxy-2-ene-l-carboxylic acid), 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic acid, and the like; or (2) salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum ion; or coordinates with an organic base such as ethanolamine, diethanolamine,
triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine, and the like.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may also include, but are not limited to, amine salts, such as but not limited to Ν,Ν'-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, choline, ammonia, diethanolamine and other hydroxyalkylamines, ethylenediamine, N-methylglucamine, procaine, N-benzylphenethylamine, 1 -para-chlorobenzyl-2-pyrrolidin- 1 '-ylmethyl- benzimidazole, diethylamine and other alkylamines, piperazine and
tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane; alkali metal salts, such as but not limited to lithium, potassium and sodium; alkali earth metal salts, such as but not limited to barium, calcium and magnesium; transition metal salts, such as but not limited to zinc; and other metal salts, such as but not limited to sodium hydrogen phosphate and disodium phosphate; and also including, but not limited to, salts of mineral acids, such as but not limited to hydrochlorides and sulfates; and salts of organic acids, such as but not limited to acetates, lactates, malates, tartrates, citrates, ascorbates, succinates, butyrates, valerates and fumarates. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include acid salts such as acetate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, citrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptanoate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2- hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenyl-propionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, thiocyanate, tosylate and undecanoate; base salts including ammonium salts, alkali metal salts, such as sodium and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal
salts, such as calcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases, such as
dicyclohexylamine salts, N-methyl-D-glucamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine, and so forth. Also, basic nitrogen-containing groups can be quaternized with such agents as lower alkyl halides, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chloride, bromides and iodides; dialkyl sulfates, such as dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl and diamyl sulfates, long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides, aralkyl halides, such as benzyl and phenethyl bromides and others. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products are thereby obtained.
[0033] Pharmaceutically acceptable esters include, but are not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, and cycloalkyl esters of acidic groups, including, but not limited to, carboxylic acids, phosphoric acids, phosphinic acids, sulfonic acids, sulfinic acids and boronic acids.
[0034] Pharmaceutically acceptable enol ethers include, but are not limited to, derivatives of formula C=C(OR) where R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or cycloalkyl.
Pharmaceutically acceptable enol esters include, but are not limited to, derivatives of formula C=C(OC(0)R) where R is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or cycloalkyl. Pharmaceutically acceptable solvates and hydrates are complexes of a compound with one or more solvent or water molecules, or 1 to about 100, or 1 to about 10, or one to about 2, 3 or 4, solvent or water molecules.
[0035] A "pharmaceutically acceptable solvate or hydrate" of a compound of the invention means a solvate or hydrate complex that is pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound, and includes, but is not limited to, complexes of a compound of the invention with one or more solvent or water molecules, or 1 to about 100, or 1 to about 10, or one to about 2, 3 or 4, solvent or water molecules.
[0036] The term "organic group" and "organic radical" as used herein means any carbon- containing group, including hydrocarbon groups that are classified as an aliphatic group, cyclic group, aromatic group, functionalized derivatives thereof and/or various combination thereof. The term "aliphatic group" means a saturated or unsaturated linear or branched hydrocarbon group and encompasses alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl groups, for example. The term "alkyl group" means a substituted or unsubstituted, saturated linear or branched hydrocarbon group or chain (e.g., C to Cg ) including, for example, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, heptyl, iso- propyl, n-octyl, dodecyl, octadecyl, amyl, 2-ethylhexyl, and the like. Suitable substituents include carboxy, protected carboxy, amino, protected amino, halo, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, nitro, cyano, mono substituted amino, protected mono substituted amino, disubstituted amino,
Ci to C7 alkoxy, C to C7 acyl, C to C7 acyloxy, and the like. The term "substituted alkyl"
means the above defined alkyl group substituted from one to three times by a hydroxy, protected hydroxy, amino, protected amino, cyano, halo, trifloromethyl, mono-substituted amino, di- substituted amino, lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, carboxy, protected carboxy, or a carboxy, amino, and/or hydroxy salt. As used in conjunction with the substituents for the heteroaryl rings, the terms "substituted (cycloalkyl)alkyl" and "substituted cycloalkyl" are as defined below substituted with the same groups as listed for a "substituted alkyl" group. The term "alkenyl group" means an unsaturated, linear or branched hydrocarbon group with one or more carbon-carbon double bonds, such as a vinyl group. The term "alkynyl group" means an unsaturated, linear or branched hydrocarbon group with one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. The term "cyclic group" means a closed ring hydrocarbon group that is classified as an alicyclic group, aromatic group, or heterocyclic group. The term "alicyclic group" means a cyclic hydrocarbon group having properties resembling those of aliphatic groups. The term "aromatic group" or "aryl group" means a mono- or polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group, and may include one or more hetero atoms, and which are further defined below. The term "heterocyclic group" means a closed ring hydrocarbon in which one or more of the atoms in the ring are an element other than carbon (e.g., nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, etc.), and are further defined below.
[0037] "Organic groups" may be functionalized or otherwise comprise additional
functionalities associated with the organic group, such as carboxyl, amino, hydroxyl, and the like, which may be protected or unprotected. For example, the phrase "alkyl group" is intended to include not only pure open chain saturated hydrocarbon alkyl substituents, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, t-butyl, and the like, but also alkyl substituents bearing further substituents known in the art, such as hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylsulfonyl, halogen atoms, cyano, nitro, amino, carboxyl, etc. Thus, "alkyl group" includes ethers, esters, haloalkyls, nitroalkyls,
carboxyalkyls, hydroxyalkyls, sulfoalkyls, etc.
[0038] The terms "halo" and "halogen" refer to the fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo groups. There can be one or more halogen, which are the same or different. Halogens of particular interest include fluoro, chloro and bromo groups.
[0039] The term "haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl group as defined above that is substituted by one or more halogen atoms. The halogen atoms may be the same or different. The term
"dihaloalkyl " refers to an alkyl group as described above that is substituted by two halo groups, which may be the same or different. The term "trihaloalkyl" refers to an alkyl group as describe above that is substituted by three halo groups, which may be the same or different.
The term "perhaloalkyl" refers to a haloalkyl group as defined above wherein each hydrogen
atom in the alkyl group has been replaced by a halogen atom. The term "perfluoroalkyl" refers to a haloalkyl group as defined above wherein each hydrogen atom in the alkyl group has been replaced by a fluoro group.
[0040] The term "cycloalkyl" means a mono-, bi-, or tricyclic saturated ring that is fully
saturated or partially unsaturated. Examples of such a group included cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, adamantyl, cyclooctyl, cis- or trans decalin,
bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, cyclohex-l-enyl, cyclopent-l-enyl, 1,4-cyclooctadienyl, and the like.
[0041] The term "(cycloalkyl)alkyl" means the above-defined alkyl group substituted for one of the above cycloalkyl rings. Examples of such a group include (cyclohexyl)methyl, 3- (cyclopropyl)-n-propyl, 5-(cyclopentyl)hexyl, 6-(adamantyl)hexyl, and the like.
[0042] The term "substituted phenyl" specifies a phenyl group substituted with one or more moieties, and in some instances one, two, or three moieties, chosen from the groups consisting of halogen, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, cyano, nitro, trifluoromethyl, Ci to C7 alkyl, Ci to C7 alkoxy, Ci to C7 acyl, Ci to C7 acyloxy, carboxy, oxycarboxy, protected carboxy,
carboxymethyl, protected carboxymethyl, hydroxymethyl, protected hydroxymethyl, amino, protected amino, (monosubstituted)amino, protected (monosubstituted)amino,
(disubstituted)amino, carboxamide, protected carboxamide, N-(Ci to C6 alkyl)carboxamide, protected N-( Ci to C6 alkyl)carboxamide, N,N-di(Ci to C6 alkyl)carboxamide, trifluoromethyl, N-(( Ci to C6 alkyl)sulfonyl)amino, N-(phenylsulfonyl)amino or phenyl, substituted or unsubstituted, such that, for example, a biphenyl or naphthyl group results.
[0043] Examples of the term "substituted phenyl" includes a mono- or di(halo)phenyl group such as 2, 3 or 4-chlorophenyl, 2,6-dichlorophenyl, 2,5-dichlorophenyl, 3,4-dichlorophenyl, 2,
3 or 4-bromophenyl, 3,4-dibromophenyl, 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 2, 3 or 4-fluorophenyl and the like; a mono or di(hydroxy)phenyl group such as 2, 3, or 4-hydroxyphenyl, 2,4- dihydroxyphenyl, the protected-hydroxy derivatives thereof and the like; a nitrophenyl group such as 2, 3, or 4-nitrophenyl; a cyanophenyl group, for example, 2, 3 or 4-cyanophenyl; a mono- or di(alkyl)phenyl group such as 2, 3, or 4-methylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl, 2, 3 or 4-
(iso-propyl)phenyl, 2, 3, or 4-ethylphenyl, 2, 3 or 4-(n-propyl)phenyl and the like; a mono or di(alkoxy)phenyl group, for example, 2,6-dimethoxyphenyl, 2, 3 or 4-(isopropoxy)phenyl, 2, 3 or 4-(t-butoxy)phenyl, 3-ethoxy-4-methoxyphenyl and the like; 2, 3 or 4- trifluoromethylphenyl; a mono- or dicarboxyphenyl or (protected carboxy)phenyl group such as 2, 3 or 4-carboxyphenyl or 2,4-di(protected carboxy)phenyl; a mono- or
di(hydroxymethyl)phenyl or (protected hydroxymethyl)phenyl such as 2, 3 or 4- (protected hydroxymethyl)phenyl or 3,4-di(hydroxymethyl)phenyl; a mono- or di(aminomethyl)phenyl or
(protected aminomethyl)phenyl such as 2, 3 or 4-(aminomethyl)phenyl or 2,4- (protected aminomethyl)phenyl; or a mono- or di(N-(methylsulfonylamino))phenyl such as 2, 3 or 4-(N- (methylsulfonylamino))phenyl. Also, the term "substituted phenyl" represents disubstituted phenyl groups wherein the substituents are different, for example, 3-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl,
3- chloro-4-hydroxyphenyl, 2-methoxy-4-bromophenyl, 4-ethyl-2-hydroxyphenyl, 3-hydroxy-
4- nitrophenyl, 2-hydroxy-4-chlorophenyl and the like.
[0044] The term "(substituted phenyl)alkyl" means one of the above substituted phenyl groups attached to one of the above-described alkyl groups. Examples of include such groups as 2- phenyl-l-chloroethyl, 2-(4'-methoxyphenyl)ethyl, 4-(2',6'-dihydroxy phenyl)n-hexyl, 2-(5'- cyano-3'-methoxyphenyl)n-pentyl, 3-(2',6'-dimethylphenyl)n-propyl, 4-chloro-3-aminobenzyl, 6-(4'-methoxyphenyl)-3-carboxy(n-hexyl), 5-(4'-aminomethylphenyl)-3-(aminomethyl)n- pentyl, 5-phenyl-3-oxo-n-pent-l-yl, (4-hydroxynapth-2-yl)methyl and the like.
[0045] As noted above, the term "aromatic" or "aryl" refers to six membered carbocyclic rings.
Also as noted above, the term "heteroaryl" denotes optionally substituted five-membered or six-membered rings that have 1 to 4 heteroatoms, such as oxygen, sulfur and/or nitrogen atoms, in particular nitrogen, either alone or in conjunction with sulfur or oxygen ring atoms.
[0046] Furthermore, the above optionally substituted five-membered or six-membered rings can optionally be fused to an aromatic 5-membered or 6-membered ring system. For example, the rings can be optionally fused to an aromatic 5-membered or 6-membered ring system such as a pyridine or a triazole system, and preferably to a benzene ring.
[0047] The following ring systems are examples of the heterocyclic (whether substituted or unsubstituted) radicals denoted by the term "heteroaryl": thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiatriazolyl,
oxatriazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazinyl, triazinyl, thiadiazinyl tetrazolo, l,5-[b]pyridazinyl and purinyl, as well as benzo-fused derivatives, for example, benzoxazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzimidazolyl and indolyl.
[0048] Substituents for the above optionally substituted heteroaryl rings are from one to three halo, trihalomethyl, amino, protected amino, amino salts, mono-substituted amino, disubstituted amino, carboxy, protected carboxy, carboxylate salts, hydroxy, protected hydroxy, salts of a hydroxy group, lower alkoxy, lower alkylthio, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, (cycloalkyl)alkyl, substituted (cycloalkyl)alkyl, phenyl, substituted phenyl, phenylalkyl, and (substituted phenyl)alkyl. Substituents for the heteroaryl group are as heretofore defined, or in the case of trihalomethyl, can be trifluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, tribromomethyl, or triiodomethyl. As used in conjunction with the above substituents for
heteroaryl rings, "lower alkoxy" means a C to c4 alkoxy group, similarly, "lower alkylthio" means a C to C4 alkylthio group.
[0049] The term "(monosubstituted)amino" refers to an amino group with one substituent chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, substituted phenyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, Ci to C4 acyl, C2 to C7 alkenyl, C2 to C7 substituted alkenyl, C2 to C7 alkynyl, C7 to C16 alkylaryl, C7 to C16 substituted alkylaryl and heteroaryl group. The (monosubstituted) amino can
additionally have an amino-protecting group as encompassed by the term "protected
(mono substituted) amino." The term "(disubstituted)amino" refers to amino groups with two substituents chosen from the group consisting of phenyl, substituted phenyl, alkyl, substituted alkyl, C to C7 acyl, C2 to C7 alkenyl, C2 to C7 alkynyl, C7 to C16 alkylaryl, C7 to C16 substituted alkylaryl and heteroaryl. The two substituents can be the same or different.
[0050] The term "heteroaryl(alkyl)" denotes an alkyl group as defined above, substituted at any position by a heteroaryl group, as above defined.
[0051] "Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event, circumstance, feature or element may, but need not, occur, and that the description includes instances where the event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, "heterocyclo group optionally mono- or di- substituted with an alkyl group" means that the alkyl may, but need not, be present, and the description includes situations where the heterocyclo group is mono- or disubstituted with an alkyl group and situations where the heterocyclo group is not substituted with the alkyl group.
[0052] Compounds that have the same molecular formula but differ in the nature or sequence of bonding of their atoms or the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed "isomers." Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed "stereoisomers." Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed "diastereomers" and those that are non-superimposable mirror images of each other are termed "enantiomers." When a compound has an asymmetric center, for example, it is bonded to four different groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible. An enantiomer can be characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric center and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or (-)-isomers respectively). A chiral compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers is called a "racemic mixture."
[0053] The compounds of this invention may possess one or more asymmetric centers; such compounds can therefore be produced as individual (R)- or (S)- stereoisomers or as mixtures
thereof. Unless indicated otherwise, the description or naming of a particular compound in the specification and claims is intended to include both individual enantiomers and mixtures, racemic or otherwise, thereof. The methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well-known in the art (see, e.g., the discussion in Chapter 4 of "Advanced Organic Chemistry", 4th edition J. March, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1992).
[0054] Except as otherwise noted, the methods and techniques of the present embodiments are generally performed according to conventional methods well known in the art and as described in various general and more specific references that are cited and discussed throughout the present specification. See, e.g., Loudon, Organic Chemistry, Fourth Edition, New York:
Oxford University Press, 2002, pp. 360-361, 1084-1085; Smith and March, March's Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, Fifth Edition, Wiley-Interscience, 2001.
[0055] Many general references providing commonly known chemical synthetic schemes and conditions useful for synthesizing the disclosed compounds are available (see, e.g., Smith and March, March's Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, Fifth Edition, Wiley-Interscience, 2001; or Vogel, A Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, Including Qualitative Organic Analysis, Fourth Edition, New York: Longman, 1978).
[0056] Compounds as described herein can be purified by any of the means known in the art, including chromatographic means, such as high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), preparative thin layer chromatography, flash column chromatography and ion exchange chromatography. Any suitable stationary phase can be used, including normal and reversed phases as well as ionic resins. See, e.g., Introduction to Modern Liquid Chromatography, 2nd Edition, ed. L. R. Snyder and J. J. Kirkland, John Wiley and Sons, 1979; and Thin Layer Chromatography, ed E. Stahl, Springer- Verlag, New York, 1969.
[0057] During any of the processes for preparation of the compounds of the present disclosure, it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This can be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups as described in standard works, such as T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Fourth edition, Wiley, New York 2006. The protecting groups can be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.
[0058] The compounds described herein can contain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and therefore, can exist as stereoisomers, such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers or diastereomers. Accordingly, all possible enantiomers and
stereoisomers of the compounds including the stereoisomerically pure form (e.g.,
geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure or diastereomerically pure) and enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures are included in the description of the compounds herein. Enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures can be resolved into their component enantiomers or
stereoisomers using separation techniques or chiral synthesis techniques well known to the skilled artisan. The compounds can also exist in several tautomeric forms including the enol form, the keto form and mixtures thereof. Accordingly, the chemical structures depicted herein encompass all possible tautomeric forms of the illustrated compounds. The compounds described also include isotopically labeled compounds where one or more atoms have an atomic mass different from the atomic mass conventionally found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the compounds disclosed herein include, but are not limited to, 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 O, 17 O, etc. Compounds can exist in unsolvated forms as well as solvated forms, including hydrated forms. In general, compounds can be hydrated or solvated. Certain compounds can exist in multiple crystalline or amorphous forms. In general, all physical forms are equivalent for the uses contemplated herein and are intended to be within the scope of the present disclosure.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0059] Before the present invention is further described, it is to be understood that this
invention is not limited to particular embodiments described, as such may, of course, vary. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only, and is not intended to be limiting, since the scope of the present invention will be limited only by the appended claims.
[0060] Where a range of values is provided, it is understood that each intervening value, to the tenth of the unit of the lower limit unless the context clearly dictates otherwise, between the upper and lower limit of that range and any other stated or intervening value in that stated range, is encompassed within the invention. The upper and lower limits of these smaller ranges may independently be included in the smaller ranges, and are also encompassed within the invention, subject to any specifically excluded limit in the stated range. Where the stated range includes one or both of the limits, ranges excluding either or both of those included limits are also included in the invention.
[0061] Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although any methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can also be used in the practice or testing of the present invention, the preferred methods and
materials are now described. All publications mentioned herein are incorporated herein by reference to disclose and describe the methods and/or materials in connection with which the publications are cited.
[0062] It must be noted that and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an," and
"the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "a method" includes a plurality of such methods and equivalents thereof known to those skilled in the art, and so forth. It is further noted that the claims may be drafted to exclude any optional element. As such, this statement is intended to serve as antecedent basis for use of such exclusive terminology as "solely," "only" and the like in connection with the recitation of claim elements, or use of a "negative" limitation.
[0063] It is appreciated that certain features of the invention, which are, for clarity, described in the context of separate embodiments, may also be provided in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, various features of the invention, which are, for brevity, described in the context of a single embodiment, may also be provided separately or in any suitable subcombination. All combinations of the embodiments pertaining to the chemical groups represented by the variables (e.g., -J, =W-, -X=, =Y-, -Z=, -Q, -Rvl, -RV2, -RV3, -RV4, -RT, - RTT _QCA _QHA _RPP; _RR _RRA _LR_; _MR _RK _RRR _RJ _MJ; _RN _Rn _RJ2 _RJ3 _RJ4> _
DJ5 D J6 T J D J2X D J2XX D JJ D JJJ JJJ D P2 D P3 D P4 D P5 D P6 D P2R D P2RA D P3R , - , -L -, - , - , - , - , -v., -, - , - , - , - , - , - , - , - , -
RP3RA, -RP4R, -RP4RA, -RP5R, -RP5RA, -RP6R, -RP6RA, -RAK, etc.) are specifically embraced by the present invention and are disclosed herein just as if each and every combination was individually and explicitly disclosed, to the extent that such combinations embrace compounds that are stable compounds (i.e., compounds that can be isolated, characterized, and tested for biological activity). In addition, all sub-combinations of the chemical groups listed in the embodiments describing such variables are also specifically embraced by the present invention and are disclosed herein just as if each and every such sub-combination of chemical groups was individually and explicitly disclosed herein
[0064] The publications discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of the present application. Nothing herein is to be construed as an admission that the present invention is not entitled to antedate such publication by virtue of prior invention. Further, the dates of publication provided may be different from the actual publication dates which may need to be independently confirmed.
OVERVIEW
[0065] The present disclosure is based on the identification of compounds that bind to a TTR tetramer in the presence of a TTR ligand known to bind and stabilize TTR tetramer. These compounds stabilize TTR tetramers and thereby reduce the formation of TTR amyloid fibrils. These compounds also find use to determine the level of stabilized and/or tetrameric TTR. In addition, these compounds find use in the preparation of heterobifunctional compounds that recruit TTR for use in disrupting PPIs.
COMPOSITIONS
Provided herein are compounds that may be used to stabilize TTR tetramers reducing TTR amyloid fibril formation. These compounds can be incorporated into a variety of formulations for therapeutic administration by a variety of routes, including but not limited to oral, parenteral, transdermal, intrathecal, ophthalmic, topical, pulmonary, nasal, rectal or depot administration.
[0066] More particularly, the compounds disclosed herein can be formulated into
pharmaceutical compositions by combination with appropriate, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients and/or adjuvants.
Compounds
[0067] In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound I:
(I)
where Xa, Xb and Xc are independently selected from C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
the A ring is a 4 to 12-membered ring, in certain embodiments the 4 to 12-membered ring is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring;
each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl,
substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano;
c is a number from zero to 5; and
the B ring is a hetercyclic ring selected from the following (hl-h30):
h27 h28 where Ru-R16are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano; R 17 is selected from a hydroxyl, alkyl, amino, and alkyl amino; and at least one of Ru-R16 is the linking group to Xc;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound la:
(la)
where R 1 and R 3 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substitnitro, uted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
R is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy,
aryloxy, hydroxyl, heterocyclic group, acyl, substituted acyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, acylamino, substituted acylamino, thioalkyl and cyano;
Xa, Xb and Xc are independently selected from C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
the A ring is a 4 to 12-membered ring, in certain embodiments the 4 to 12-membered ring is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring;
each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano; and c is a number from zero to 5;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound lb:
where R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substitnitro, uted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
Xa, Xb and Xc are independently selected from C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino,
substituted acylamino, and cyano;
the A ring is a 4 to 12-membered ring, in certain embodiments the 4 to 12-membered ring is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring;
each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano; and c is a number from zero to 5;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
R1 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted
alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
Xa, Xb and Xc are independently selected from C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
the A ring is a 4 to 12-membered ring, in certain embodiments the 4 to 12-membered ring is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring;
each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano; and
c is a number from zero to 5;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound II:
where n is 1 to 8;
IT2 and R 3J are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
Xa is C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
the A ring is a 5 to 12-membered ring, in certain embodiments the 5 to 12-membered ring is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring;
each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano; and c is a number from zero to 5;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
where n is zero to 7;
R 1 , 2 and R 3J are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
Xa is C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
the A ring is a 5 to 12-membered ring, in certain embodiments the 5 to 12-membered ring is an aromatic ring;
each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano; and c is a number from zero to 5;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound is of the structure of Compound III:
(III)
where n is zero to 7;
Z is carbon and/or up to three of the five Z may be nitrogen;
IT2 and R 3J are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
Xa is C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano; and c is a number from zero to 5;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound is of the structure of Compound Ilia:
where n is 1 to 8;
IT2 and R 3J are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
Xa is C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano; and c is a number from zero to 5;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
[0075] In some embodiments, a com ound is of the structure of Compound IV:
where n is 1 to 4;
R is a is a short chain alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
R is hydrogen;
R is a is a short chain alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
Xa is C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
each Y is independently selected from a halogen, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, heterocyclic group, alkoxycarbonyl and substituted alkoxycarbonyl; and
c is 2;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, acetal, amide, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
[0076] In some embodiments, a com ound of the invention is of the structure of Compound V:
where n is 1 to 8;
IT2 and R 3J are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl,
alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halo, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
Xa is C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
Ra is CHO, COOH, COOCH3, COOR6, CONR7R8, tetrazolyl, CONHOH, B(OH)2, CONHS02Ar, CONHCH(R9)COOH, CF3, hydrogen, halogen (CI, F, etc), alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, heterocyclic group, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester, alkoxycarbonyl or substituted alkoxycarbonyl;
Rb is CHO, COOH, COOCH3, COOR6, CONR7R8, tetrazolyl, CONHOH, B(OH)2, CONHS02Ar, CONHCH(R9)COOH, CF3, hydrogen, halogen (CI, F, etc), alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, heterocyclic group, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester, alkoxycarbonyl or substituted alkoxycarbonyl;
R6 is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl;
R 7' and R 8° are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; and
R9 is the side chain of a naturally occurring a-amino carboxylic acid;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
Va:
(Va)
where n is zero to 7;
R 1 , R2" and R 3J are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halo, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl,
alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
Xa is C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
Ra and Rb are independently selected from CHO, COOH, COOCH3, COOR6,
CONR7R8, tetrazolyl, CONHOH, B(OH)2, CONHS02Ar, CONHCH(R9)COOH,
CONHS02R10, CF3, hydrogen, halogen (CI, F, etc), alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, heterocyclic group, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester, alkoxycarbonyl or substituted alkoxycarbonyl;
Rc and Rd are independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, heterocyclic group, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester, trifluoromethyl, amino, substituted amino, sulfonyl, substituted sulfonyl, hydroxyl, alkoxycarbonyl or substituted alkoxycarbonyl;
R6 is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl;
R 7', R 8° and R 1l0u are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; and
R9 is the side chain of a naturally occurring a-amino carboxylic acid;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
VI:
where n is 2;
R is a is a short chain alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
R is hydrogen;
R is a is a short chain alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
Xa is C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl,
aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, a heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
Ra is CHO, COOH, COOCH3, COOR6, CONR7R8, tetrazolyl, CONHOH, B(OH)2, CONHS02Ar, CONHCH(R9)COOH, hydrogen, an acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, heterocyclic group, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester, alkoxycarbonyl and substituted alkoxycarbonyl;
Rb is CHO, COOH, COOCH3, COOR6, CONR7R8, tetrazolyl, CONHOH, B(OH)2, CONHS02Ar, CONHCH(R9)COOH, a halogen (F, CI, etc), heterocyclic group, or hydrogen;
R6 is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl;
R 7' and R 8° are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; and
R9 is the side chain of a naturally occurring a-amino carboxylic acid;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
Vila:
where Ra is OH, CHO, COOH, CONH2, CONH(OH), COOR6, CONHR6; and R6 is straight of branched alkyl of 1-3 carbon atoms; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
Vllb:
where Ra is COOH, CONH2, CONH(OH), COOR6, CONHR6; and R6 is straight of branched
alkyl of 1-3 carbon atoms; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
VIIc:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
Vlld:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
Vile:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
Vllf:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
Vllg:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
VIDi:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
Vlli:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
Vllj:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
Vllk:
(Vllk)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
VIII:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
Vllm:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
Vlln:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
VIIo:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound
Villa:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
[0095] In some embodiments, a compound of the invention is of the structure of Compound VIIo:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
Bifunctional compounds for disrupting PPIs
[0096] Also provided are heterobifunctional compounds that include a recruitment moiety connected to a targeting moiety via a linker. The recruitment moiety is a ligand of an abundant serum protein (e.g., a TTR binding compound of the disclosure, as described above). The targeting moiety is a ligand for a protein target of interest. In some embodiments, the protein target is involved in a protein protein interaction (PPI) where disruption of the PPI is desirable. For example, the PPI may be important in the regulation of a biological process that leads to a particular disease condition, where disrupting the PPI of interest may provide a method of inhibiting or treating the disease condition.
[0097] In some embodiments, the heterobifunctional compound is of the formula R-L-T,
where the recruitment moiety R is a TTR-binding compound described by a structure of the compounds described herein, above; L is a linker; and T is a targeting moiety. In some cases, the subject heterobifunctional compound includes one or more, such as two or more, recruitment moieties.
[0098] The recruitment moiety is connected to the targeting moiety via a linker, at any
convenient point of attachment, which may be readily selected by one of ordinary skill in the art such that the binding property of the ligand to its cognate protein is not significantly reduced. In the TTR binding compounds described above, the position at which a linker may be connected using any convenient chemical modification chemistries is determined using any convenient selection method, such as but not limited to, modeling a X-ray crystal structure of TTR (e.g., a co-crystal structure of TTR with a ligand) to determine the mode of binding of the recruitment moiety to TTR and to select one or more appropriate positions which are not involved in contacts with the protein (e.g., solvent exposed positions), and which may be
readily chemically modified. Further methods include determining whether a modification of interest has an adverse effect of the binding of the recruitment moiety to TTR using an in vitro binding assay.
[0099] Any convenient targeting moiety may be used. The targeting moiety may be a small molecule that targets a therapeutic protein target of interest. For example, the targeting moiety may be any convenient binder to a protein of a target ligand/receptor pair, such as but not limited to, IL2/IL2Ra, TNF /TNFRl, VEGF-VEGFR, CCL12- CXCR4, CD4-gpl20, c-Met- HGF, and LFA-1-CD54. Suitable positions of the targeting moieties described above, to which a linker may be attached are selected using any convenient method, such as but not limited to, modeling methods using a X-ray crystal structure of the target protein (e.g., a co-crystal structure of target protein bound with the ligand) to model the mode of binding of the targeting moiety and to select appropriate positions that are not involved in contacts with the target protein (e.g., solvent exposed positions), and which may be readily chemically modified. For example, co-crystal structures of the IL-2 and TNF-alpha ligands are available for use in selecting convenient sites in these targeting moieties for chemical modification and attachment of linkers in preparation of subject heterobifunctional compounds. Further methods include determining whether a modification of interest has an adverse effect of the binding of the targeting moiety to the target protein using an in vitro binding assay.
[00100] Exemplary modifications of IL-2 and TNF-a targeting moieties of interest that may be used to attach targeting moieties to linkers in heterobifunctional compounds are shown below:
[00101] As used herein, the term "linker", "linkage" and "linking group" refers to a linking moiety that connects two groups and has a backbone of 20 atoms or less in length. A linker or linkage may be a covalent bond that connects two groups or a chain of between 1 and 20 atoms in length, for example of about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18 or 20 carbon atoms in length, where the linker may be linear, branched, cyclic or a single atom. In certain cases, one, two, three, four or five or more carbon atoms of a linker backbone may be optionally substituted with a sulfur, nitrogen or oxygen heteroatom. The bonds between backbone atoms may be saturated or unsaturated, usually not more than one, two, or three unsaturated bonds will be present in a linker backbone. The linker may include one or more substituent groups, for example with an alkyl, aryl or alkenyl group. A linker may include, without limitations, oligo(ethylene glycol); ethers, thioethers, tertiary amines, alkyls, which may be straight or branched, e.g., methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl (iso-propyl), n-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl (t-butyl), and the like. The linker backbone may include a cyclic group, for example, an aryl, a heterocycle or a cycloalkyl group, where 2 or more atoms, e.g., 2, 3 or 4 atoms, of the cyclic group are included in the backbone. A linker may be cleavable or non-cleavable.
[00102] The linking moiety may be conjugated to the recruitment and targeting moieties using any convenient functional groups (carboxylic acids, amines, alcohols, carbamates, esters, ethers, thioethers, maleimides, and the like), and linking chemistries. For example, any convenient conjugation chemistry described by G.T. Hermanson ("Bioconjugate Techniques", Academic Press, Second Edition, 2008) may be readily adapted for use in preparing the subject heterobifunctional compounds.
[00103] Exemplary linkers that may be used in connecting the recruitment moiety to the targeting
moiety using any convenient chemical modification methods are shown below:
NH2
H2N Ό'
Formulation of Pharmaceutical Compositions
[00104]] The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein contain therapeutically effective amounts of one or more of the compounds provided herein that are useful in the prevention, treatment, or amelioration of one or more of the symptoms of diseases or disorders associated with transthyretin (TTR) misfolding, or in which TTR misfolding is implicated, in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Diseases or disorders associated with TTR misfolding include, but are not limited to, familial amyloid polyneuropathy, familial amyloid
cardiomyopathy, senile systemic amyloidosis, Alzheimer's disease, spongiform
encephalopathy (i.e., Creutzfeldt Jakob disease GSS, fatal familial insomnia), frontotemporal dementia, Parkinson's disease amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Down Syndrome, multiple sclerosis, polyneuropathy, Guillain-Barre' syndrome, macular degeneration, vitreous opacities, glaucoma, type II diabetes or medullary carcinoma of the thyroid. Pharmaceutical carriers suitable for administration of the compounds provided herein include any such carriers known to those skilled in the art to be suitable for the particular mode of administration.
[00105] In addition, the compounds may be formulated as the sole pharmaceutically active
ingredient in the composition or may be combined with other active ingredients.
[00106] The compositions contain one or more compounds provided herein. The compounds are, in one embodiment, formulated into suitable pharmaceutical preparations such as solutions, suspensions, tablets, dispersible tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained release formulations or elixirs, for oral administration or in sterile solutions or suspensions for parenteral administration, as well as transdermal patch preparation and dry powder inhalers. In one embodiment, the compounds described above are formulated into pharmaceutical compositions using techniques and procedures well known in the art (see, e.g., Ansel
Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Fourth Edition 1985, 126). In certain
preferable embodiments, the compounds areformulated into suitable pharmaceutical preparations for oral administration to a subject.
[00107] In the compositions, effective concentrations of one or more compounds or
pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives thereof are mixed with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier. The compounds may be derivatized as the corresponding salts, esters, enol ethers or esters, acetals, ketals, orthoesters, hemiacetals, hemiketals, acids, bases, solvates, hydrates or prodrugs prior to formulation, as described above. The concentrations of the compounds in the compositions are effective for delivery of an amount, upon administration, that treats, prevents, or ameliorates one or more of the symptoms of diseases or disorders associated with TTR misfolding or in which TTR misfolding is implicated.
[00108] In certain embodiments, the compositions are formulated for single dosage
administration. To formulate a composition, the weight fraction of compound is dissolved, suspended, dispersed or otherwise mixed in a selected carrier at an effective concentration such that the treated condition is relieved, prevented, or one or more symptoms are ameliorated.
[00109] The active compound is included in the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in an
amount sufficient to exert a therapeutically useful effect in the absence of undesirable side effects on the patient treated. The therapeutically effective concentration may be determined empirically by testing the compounds in in vitro and in vivo systems described and then extrapolated therefrom for dosages for humans.
[00110] The concentration of active compound in the pharmaceutical composition will depend on absorption, inactivation and excretion rates of the active compound, the physicochemical characteristics of the compound, the dosage schedule, and amount administered as well as other factors known to those of skill in the art. For example, the amount that is delivered is sufficient to ameliorate one or more of the symptoms of diseases or disorders associated with TTR misfolding or in which TTR misfolding is implicated, as described herein.
[00111] In one embodiment, a therapeutically effective dosage should produce a serum
concentration of active ingredient of from about 0.1 ng/ml to about 50-100 μg/ml. The pharmaceutical compositions, in another embodiment, should provide a dosage of from about 0.001 mg to about 2000 mg of compound per kilogram of body weight per day. Pharmaceutical dosage unit forms are prepared to provide from about 0.01 mg, 0.1 mg or 1 mg to about 500 mg, 1000 mg or 2000 mg, and in one embodiment from about 10 mg to about 500 mg of the active ingredient or a combination of essential ingredients per dosage unit form.
[00112] The active ingredient may be administered at once, or may be divided into a number of smaller doses to be administered at intervals of time. It is understood that the precise dosage
and duration of treatment is a function of the disease being treated and may be determined empirically using known testing protocols or by extrapolation from in vivo or in vitro test data. It is to be noted that concentrations and dosage values may also vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. It is to be further understood that for any particular subject, specific dosage regimens should be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgment of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions, and that the concentration ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and are not intended to limit the scope or practice of the claimed compositions.
[00113] In instances in which the compounds exhibit insufficient solubility, methods for
solubilizing compounds may be used. Such methods are known to those of skill in this art, and include, but are not limited to, using surfactants, such as TWEEN™, or dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate. Derivatives of the compounds, such as prodrugs of the compounds may also be used in formulating effective pharmaceutical compositions.
[00114] Upon mixing or addition of the compound(s), the resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsion or the like. The form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the compound in the selected carrier or vehicle. The effective concentration is sufficient for ameliorating the symptoms of the disease, disorder or condition treated and may be empirically determined.
[00115] The pharmaceutical compositions are provided for administration to humans and
animals in unit dosage forms, such as tablets, capsules, pills, powders, granules, sterile parenteral solutions or suspensions, and oral solutions or suspensions, and oil- water emulsions containing suitable quantities of the compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives thereof. The pharmaceutically therapeutically active compounds and derivatives thereof are, in one embodiment, formulated and administered in unit-dosage forms or multiple-dosage forms.
Unit-dose forms as used herein refers to physically discrete units suitable for human and animal subjects and packaged individually as is known in the art. Each unit-dose contains a predetermined quantity of the therapeutically active compound sufficient to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier, vehicle or diluent. Examples of unit-dose forms include ampoules and syringes and individually packaged tablets or capsules. Unit-dose forms may be administered in fractions or multiples thereof. A multiple-dose form is a plurality of identical unit-dosage forms packaged in a single container to be administered in segregated unit-dose form. Examples of multiple-dose forms include vials, bottles of tablets or capsules or bottles of pints or gallons. Hence, multiple dose form is a multiple of unit-doses which are not segregated in packaging.
[00116] Liquid pharmaceutically administrable compositions can, for example, be prepared by dissolving, dispersing, or otherwise mixing an active compound as defined above and optional pharmaceutical adjuvants in a carrier, such as, for example, water, saline, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, glycols, ethanol, and the like, to thereby form a solution or suspension. If desired, the pharmaceutical composition to be administered may also contain minor amounts of nontoxic auxiliary substances such as wetting agents, emulsifying agents, solubilizing agents, pH buffering agents and the like, for example, acetate, sodium citrate, cyclodextrine derivatives, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine sodium acetate, triethanolamine oleate, and other such agents.
[00117] Dosage forms or compositions containing active ingredient in the range of 0.005% to
100% with the balance made up from non-toxic carrier may be prepared. Methods for preparation of these compositions are known to those skilled in the art. For example, subject compositions may contain 0.001%-100% active ingredient, in one embodiment 0.1-95%, in another embodiment 75-85%.
Compositions for Oral Administration
[00118] Oral pharmaceutical dosage forms may be solid, gel or liquid. In certain embodiments, the solid dosage forms are tablets, capsules, granules, and bulk powders. Types of oral tablets include compressed, chewable lozenges and tablets which may be enteric-coated, sugar-coated or film-coated. Capsules may be hard or soft gelatin capsules, while granules and powders may be provided in non-effervescent or effervescent form with the combination of other ingredients known to those skilled in the art.
Solid Compositions for Oral Administration
[00119] In certain embodiments, the formulations are solid dosage forms, in one embodiment, capsules or tablets. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain one or more of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder; a lubricant; a diluent; a glidant; a disintegrating agent; a coloring agent; a sweetening agent; a flavoring agent; a wetting agent; an emetic coating; and a film coating. Examples of binders include
microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth, glucose solution, acacia mucilage, gelatin solution, molasses, polyinylpyrrolidine, povidone, crospovidones, sucrose and starch paste. Lubricants include talc, starch, magnesium or calcium stearate, lycopodium and stearic acid. Diluents include, for example, lactose, sucrose, starch, kaolin, salt, mannitol and dicalcium phosphate.
Glidants include, but are not limited to, colloidal silicon dioxide. Disintegrating agents include
crosscarmellose sodium, sodium starch glycolate, alginic acid, corn starch, potato starch, bentonite, methylcellulose, agar and carboxymethylcellulose. Coloring agents include, for example, any of the approved certified water soluble FD and C dyes, mixtures thereof; and water insoluble FD and C dyes suspended on alumina hydrate. Sweetening agents include sucrose, lactose, mannitol and artificial sweetening agents such as saccharin, and any number of spray dried flavors. Flavoring agents include natural flavors extracted from plants such as fruits and synthetic blends of compounds which produce a pleasant sensation, such as, but not limited to peppermint and methyl salicylate. Wetting agents include propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate and polyoxyethylene laural ether. Emetic-coatings include fatty acids, fats, waxes, shellac, ammoniated shellac and cellulose acetate phthalates. Film coatings include hydroxyethylcellulose, sodium
carboxymethylcellulose, polyethylene glycol 4000 and cellulose acetate phthalate.
[00120] The compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof, could be provided in a composition that protects it from the acidic environment of the stomach. For example, the composition can be formulated in an enteric coating that maintains its integrity in the stomach and releases the active compound in the intestine. The composition may also be formulated in combination with an antacid or other such ingredient.
[00121] When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it can contain, in addition to material of the above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil. In addition, dosage unit forms can contain various other materials which modify the physical form of the dosage unit, for example, coatings of sugar and other enteric agents. The compounds can also be administered as a component of an elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, sprinkle, chewing gum or the like. A syrup may contain, in addition to the active compounds, sucrose as a sweetening agent and certain preservatives, dyes and colorings and flavors.
[00122] The active materials can also be mixed with other active materials which do not impair the desired action, or with materials that supplement the desired action, such as antacids, H2 blockers, and diuretics. The active ingredient is a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof as described herein. Higher concentrations, up to about 98% by weight of the active ingredient may be included.
[00123] In all embodiments, tablets and capsules formulations may be coated as known by those of skill in the art in order to modify or sustain dissolution of the active ingredient. Thus, for example, they may be coated with a conventional enterically digestible coating, such as phenylsalicylate, waxes and cellulose acetate phthalate.
Liquid Compositions for Oral Administration
[00124] Liquid oral dosage forms include aqueous solutions, emulsions, suspensions, solutions and/or suspensions reconstituted from non-effervescent granules and effervescent preparations reconstituted from effervescent granules. Aqueous solutions include, for example, elixirs and syrups. Emulsions are either oil-in- water or water- in-oil.
[00125] Elixirs are clear, sweetened, hydroalcoholic preparations. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers used in elixirs include solvents. Syrups are concentrated aqueous solutions of a sugar, for example, sucrose, and may contain a preservative. An emulsion is a two-phase system in which one liquid is dispersed in the form of small globules throughout another liquid.
Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers used in emulsions are non-aqueous liquids, emulsifying agents and preservatives. Suspensions use pharmaceutically acceptable suspending agents and preservatives. Pharmaceutically acceptable substances used in non-effervescent granules, to be reconstituted into a liquid oral dosage form, include diluents, sweeteners and wetting agents. Pharmaceutically acceptable substances used in effervescent granules, to be reconstituted into a liquid oral dosage form, include organic acids and a source of carbon dioxide. Coloring and flavoring agents are used in all of the above dosage forms.
[00126] Solvents include glycerin, sorbitol, ethyl alcohol and syrup. Examples of preservatives include glycerin, methyl and propylparaben, benzoic acid, sodium benzoate and alcohol.
Examples of non-aqueous liquids utilized in emulsions include mineral oil and cottonseed oil. Examples of emulsifying agents include gelatin, acacia, tragacanth, bentonite, and surfactants such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. Suspending agents include sodium
carboxymethylcellulose, pectin, tragacanth, Veegum and acacia. Sweetening agents include sucrose, syrups, glycerin and artificial sweetening agents such as saccharin. Wetting agents include propylene glycol monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, diethylene glycol monolaurate and polyoxyethylene lauryl ether. Organic acids include citric and tartaric acid. Sources of carbon dioxide include sodium bicarbonate and sodium carbonate. Coloring agents include any of the approved certified water soluble FD and C dyes, and mixtures thereof. Flavoring agents include natural flavors extracted from plants such fruits, and synthetic blends of compounds which produce a pleasant taste sensation.
[00127] For a solid dosage form, the solution or suspension, in for example propylene
carbonate, vegetable oils or triglycerides, is in one embodiment encapsulated in a gelatin capsule. Such solutions, and the preparation and encapsulation thereof, are disclosed in U.S.
Pat. Nos. 4,328,245; 4,409,239; and 4,410,545, the disclosures of which are herein
incorporated by reference. For a liquid dosage form, the solution, e.g., for example, in a
polyethylene glycol, may be diluted with a sufficient quantity of a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier, e.g., water, to be easily measured for administration.
[00128] Alternatively, liquid or semi-solid oral formulations may be prepared by dissolving or dispersing the active compound or salt in vegetable oils, glycols, triglycerides, propylene glycol esters (e.g., propylene carbonate) and other such carriers, and encapsulating these solutions or suspensions in hard or soft gelatin capsule shells. Other useful formulations include those set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. RE28,819 and 4,358,603, the disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference. Briefly, such formulations include, but are not limited to, those containing a compound provided herein, a dialkylated mono- or poly-alkylene glycol, including, but not limited to, 1,2-dimethoxymethane, diglyme, triglyme, tetraglyme, polyethylene glycol-350-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-550-dimethyl ether, polyethylene glycol-750-dimethyl ether wherein 350, 550 and 750 refer to the approximate average molecular weight of the polyethylene glycol, and one or more antioxidants, such as butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), butylated hydroxyanisole (BHA), propyl gallate, vitamin E, hydroquinone, hydroxycoumarins, ethanolamine, lecithin, cephalin, ascorbic acid, malic acid, sorbitol, phosphoric acid, thiodipropionic acid and its esters, and dithiocarbamates.
[00129] Other formulations include, but are not limited to, aqueous alcoholic solutions
including a pharmaceutically acceptable acetal. Alcohols used in these formulations are any pharmaceutically acceptable water-miscible solvents having one or more hydroxyl groups, including, but not limited to, propylene glycol and ethanol. Acetals include, but are not limited to, di(lower alkyl)acetals of lower alkyl aldehydes such as acetaldehyde diethyl acetal.
Injectables, Solutions and Emulsions
[00130] Parenteral administration, in one embodiment characterized by injection, either
subcutaneously, intramuscularly or intravenously is also contemplated herein. Injectables can be prepared in conventional forms, either as liquid solutions or suspensions, solid forms suitable for solution or suspension in liquid prior to injection, or as emulsions. The injectables, solutions and emulsions also contain one or more excipients. Suitable excipients are, for example, water, saline, dextrose, glycerol or ethanol. In addition, if desired, the pharmaceutical compositions to be administered may also contain minor amounts of non-toxic auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, stabilizers, solubility enhancers, and other such agents, such as for example, sodium acetate, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate and cyclodextrins.
[00131] Implantation of a slow-release or sustained-release system, such that a constant level of dosage is maintained is also contemplated herein. Briefly, a compound provided herein is dispersed in a solid inner matrix, e.g., polymethylmethacrylate, polybutylmethacrylate, plasticized or unplasticized polyvinylchloride, plasticized nylon, plasticized
polyethyleneterephthalate, natural rubber, polyisoprene, polyisobutylene, polybutadiene, polyethylene, ethylene-vinylacetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethylsiloxanes, silicone carbonate copolymers, hydrophilic polymers such as hydrogels of esters of acrylic and methacrylic acid, collagen, cross-linked polyvinylalcohol and cross-linked partially hydrolyzed polyvinyl acetate, that is surrounded by an outer polymeric membrane, e.g., polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene/propylene copolymers, ethylene/ethyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene/vinylacetate copolymers, silicone rubbers, polydimethyl siloxanes, neoprene rubber, chlorinated polyethylene, polyvinylchloride, vinylchloride copolymers with vinyl acetate, vinylidene chloride, ethylene and propylene, ionomer polyethylene terephthalate, butyl rubber epichlorohydrin rubbers, ethylene/vinyl alcohol copolymer, ethylene/vinyl acetate/vinyl alcohol terpolymer, and ethylene/vinyloxyethanol copolymer, that is insoluble in body fluids. The compound diffuses through the outer polymeric membrane in a release rate controlling step. The percentage of active compound contained in such parenteral compositions is highly dependent on the specific nature thereof, as well as the activity of the compound and the needs of the subject.
[00132] Parenteral administration of the compositions includes intravenous, subcutaneous and intramuscular administrations. Preparations for parenteral administration include sterile solutions ready for injection, sterile dry soluble products, such as lyophilized powders, ready to be combined with a solvent just prior to use, including hypodermic tablets, sterile suspensions ready for injection, sterile dry insoluble products ready to be combined with a vehicle just prior to use and sterile emulsions. The solutions may be either aqueous or nonaqueous.
[00133] If administered intravenously, suitable carriers include physiological saline or
phosphate buffered saline (PBS), and solutions containing thickening and solubilizing agents, such as glucose, polyethylene glycol, and polypropylene glycol and mixtures thereof.
[00134] Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers used in parenteral preparations include aqueous vehicles, nonaqueous vehicles, antimicrobial agents, isotonic agents, buffers, antioxidants, local anesthetics, suspending and dispersing agents, emulsifying agents, sequestering or chelating agents and other pharmaceutically acceptable substances.
[00135] Examples of aqueous vehicles include Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringers Injection,
Isotonic Dextrose Injection, Sterile Water Injection, Dextrose and Lactated Ringers Injection.
Nonaqueous parenteral vehicles include fixed oils of vegetable origin, cottonseed oil, corn oil, sesame oil and peanut oil. Antimicrobial agents in bacteriostatic or fungistatic concentrations must be added to parenteral preparations packaged in multiple-dose containers which include phenols or cresols, mercurials, benzyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, methyl and propyl p- hydroxybenzoic acid esters, thimerosal, benzalkonium chloride and benzethonium chloride. Isotonic agents include sodium chloride and dextrose. Buffers include phosphate and citrate. Antioxidants include sodium bisulfate. Local anesthetics include procaine hydrochloride. Suspending and dispersing agents include sodium carboxymethylcelluose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Emulsifying agents include Polysorbate 80
(TWEENa 80). A sequestering or chelating agent of metal ions include EDTA. Pharmaceutical carriers also include ethyl alcohol, polyethylene glycol and propylene glycol for water miscible vehicles; and sodium hydroxide, hydrochloric acid, citric acid or lactic acid for pH adjustment.
[00136] The concentration of the pharmaceutically active compound is adjusted so that an
injection provides an effective amount to produce the desired pharmacological effect. The exact dose depends on the age, weight and condition of the patient or animal as is known in the art.
[00137] The unit-dose parenteral preparations are packaged in an ampoule, a vial or a syringe with a needle. All preparations for parenteral administration must be sterile, as is known and practiced in the art.
[00138] Illustratively, intravenous or intraarterial infusion of a sterile aqueous solution
containing an active compound is an effective mode of administration. Another embodiment is a sterile aqueous or oily solution or suspension containing an active material injected as necessary to produce the desired pharmacological effect.
[00139] Injectables are designed for local and systemic administration. In one embodiment, a therapeutically effective dosage is formulated to contain a concentration of at least about 0.1% w/w up to about 90% w/w or more, in certain embodiments more than 1% w/w of the active compound to the treated tissue(s).
[00140] The compound may be suspended in micronized or other suitable form or may be
derivatized to produce a more soluble active product or to produce a prodrug. The form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the compound in the selected carrier or vehicle. The effective concentration is sufficient for ameliorating the symptoms of the condition and may be empirically determined.
Lyophilized Powders
[00141] Of interest herein are also lyophilized powders, which can be reconstituted for
administration as solutions, emulsions and other mixtures. They may also be reconstituted and formulated as solids or gels.
[00142] The sterile, lyophilized powder is prepared by dissolving a compound provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof, in a suitable solvent. The solvent may contain an excipient which improves the stability or other pharmacological component of the powder or reconstituted solution, prepared from the powder. Excipients that may be used include, but are not limited to, dextrose, sorbital, fructose, corn syrup, xylitol, glycerin, glucose, sucrose or other suitable agent. The solvent may also contain a buffer, such as citrate, sodium or potassium phosphate or other such buffer known to those of skill in the art at, in one embodiment, about neutral pH. Subsequent sterile filtration of the solution followed by lyophilization under standard conditions known to those of skill in the art provides the desired formulation. In one embodiment, the resulting solution will be apportioned into vials for lyophilization. Each vial will contain a single dosage or multiple dosages of the compound. The lyophilized powder can be stored under appropriate conditions, such as at about 4. degree. C. to room temperature.
[00143] Reconstitution of this lyophilized powder with water for injection provides a
formulation for use in parenteral administration. For reconstitution, the lyophilized powder is added to sterile water or other suitable carrier. The precise amount depends upon the selected compound. Such amount can be empirically determined.
Topical Administration
[00144] Topical mixtures are prepared as described for the local and systemic administration.
The resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsions or the like and are formulated as creams, gels, ointments, emulsions, solutions, elixirs, lotions, suspensions, tinctures, pastes, foams, aerosols, irrigations, sprays, suppositories, bandages, dermal patches or any other formulations suitable for topical administration.
[00145] The compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives thereof may be formulated as aerosols for topical application, such as by inhalation. These formulations for administration to the respiratory tract can be in the form of an aerosol or solution for a nebulizer, or as a microfine powder for insufflation, alone or in combination with an inert carrier such as lactose.
Where compositions are formulated as aerosols for inhalation or administration to the respiratory tract, the particles of the formulation may have diameters of 50 microns or less,
such as 40 microns or less, such as 30 microns or less, such as 25 microns or less, such as 15 microns or less, such as 10 microns or less, suchas 5 microns or less and including having diameters of 1 micron or less.
[00146] The compounds may be formulated for local or topical application, such as for topical application to the skin and mucous membranes, such as in the eye, in the form of gels, creams, and lotions and for application to the eye or for intracistemal or intraspinal application. Topical administration is contemplated for transdermal delivery and also for administration to the eyes or mucosa, or for inhalation therapies. Nasal solutions of the active compound alone or in combination with other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients can also be administered.
[00147] These solutions, such as for example for ophthalmic use, may be formulated as 0.01%-
10% isotonic solutions, pH about 5-7, with appropriate salts.
Compositions for Other Routes of Administration
[00148] Other routes of administration, such as transdermal patches, including iontophoretic and electrophoretic devices, and buccal and rectal administration, are also contemplated herein.
[00149] Transdermal patches, including iotophoretic and electrophoretic devices of interest may include, but are not limited to those disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,267,983, 6,261,595,
6,256,533, 6,167,301, 6,024,975, 6,010,715, 5,985,317, 5,983,134, 5,948,433, and 5,860,957, the disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference.
[00150] For example, pharmaceutical dosage forms for rectal administration are rectal
suppositories, capsules and tablets for systemic effect. Rectal suppositories are used herein mean solid bodies for insertion into the rectum which melt or soften at body temperature releasing one or more pharmacologically or therapeutically active ingredients.
Pharmaceutically acceptable substances utilized in rectal suppositories are bases or vehicles and agents to raise the melting point. Examples of bases include cocoa butter (theobroma oil), glycerin-gelatin, carbowax (polyoxyethylene glycol) and appropriate mixtures of mono-, di- and triglycerides of fatty acids. Combinations of the various bases may be used. Agents to raise the melting point of suppositories include spermaceti and wax. Rectal suppositories may be prepared either by the compressed method or by molding. The weight of a rectal suppository, in one embodiment, is about 2 to 3 gm.
[00151] Tablets and capsules for rectal administration are manufactured using the same
pharmaceutically acceptable substance and by the same methods as for formulations for oral administration.
Targeted Formulations
[00152] The compounds provided herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives thereof, may also be formulated to be targeted to a particular tissue, receptor, or other area of the body of the subject to be treated. Many such targeting methods are well known to those of skill in the art. All such targeting methods are contemplated herein for use in the instant compositions. Examples of targeting methods of interest may include but are not limited to those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,316,652, 6,274,552, 6,271,359, 6,253,872, 6,139,865, 6,131,570, 6,120,751, 6,071,495, 6,060,082, 6,048,736, 6,039,975, 6,004,534, 5,985,307, 5,972,366, 5,900,252, 5,840,674, 5,759,542 and 5,709,874, the disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference.
In one embodiment, liposomal suspensions, including tissue-targeted liposomes, such as tumor-targeted liposomes, may also be suitable as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These may be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art. For example, liposome formulations may be prepared as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811, the disclosure of which is herein incorporated by reference. Briefly, liposomes such as multilamellar vesicles (MLV's) may be formed by drying down egg phosphatidyl choline and brain phosphatidyl serine (7:3 molar ratio) on the inside of a flask. A solution of a compound provided herein in phosphate buffered saline lacking divalent cations (PBS) is added and the flask shaken until the lipid film is dispersed. The resulting vesicles are washed to remove unencapsulated compound, pelleted by centrifugation, and then resuspended in PBS.
Dosages of the Compounds of the Present Disclosure
[00153] Depending on the subject and condition being treated and on the administration route, the subject compounds may be administered in dosages of, for example, 0.1 μg to 10 mg/kg body weight per day. The range is broad, since in general the efficacy of a therapeutic effect for different mammals varies widely with doses typically being 20, 30 or even 40 times smaller (per unit body weight) in man than in the rat. Similarly the mode of administration can have a large effect on dosage. Thus, for example, oral dosages may be about ten times the injection dose. Higher doses may be used for localized routes of delivery.
[00154] A typical dosage may be a solution suitable for intravenous administration; a tablet taken from one to six times daily, or one time-release capsule or tablet taken once a day and containing a proportionally higher content of active ingredient, etc. The time-release effect may be obtained by capsule materials that dissolve at different pH values, by capsules that release slowly by osmotic pressure, or by any other known means of controlled release.
[00155] Those of skill in the art will readily appreciate that dose levels can vary as a function of the specific compound, the severity of the symptoms and the susceptibility of the subject to side effects. Preferred dosages for a given compound are readily determinable by those of skill in the art by a variety of means.
[00156] Although the dosage used will vary depending on the clinical goals to be achieved, a suitable dosage range is one which provides up to about 1 μg to about 1,000 μg or about 10,000 μg of subject composition to reduce a symptom in a subject animal.
[00157] Unit dosage forms for oral or rectal administration such as syrups, elixirs, and
suspensions may be provided wherein each dosage unit, for example, teaspoonful,
tablespoonful, tablet or suppository, contains a predetermined amount of the composition containing one or more compounds of the invention. Similarly, unit dosage forms for injection or intravenous administration may comprise the compound (s) in a composition as a solution in sterile water, normal saline or another pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
[00158] As discussed below, the present disclosure includes compounds and pharmaceutical compositions for stabilizing transthyretin and prevents dissociation of the transthyretin tetramer by kinetic stabilization of the native state of the transthyretin tetramer of TTR such as those found in the blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, fluids of the central nervous system (CNS), retina and the eyes. As such, compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of interest include those, which are compatible with the biological fluids of blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, fluids of the central nervous system, retina and the eyes.
Combination Therapy
[00159] For use in the subject methods, the subject compounds may be formulated with or otherwise administered in combination with other pharmaceutically active agents, including other agents, which may modulate intra or extracellular protein homeostasis and/or protein stability and or protein aggregation and/or protein folding, such as resveratrol, heat shock proteins, protein chaperones, and mimics thereof.
[00160] The compounds described above may also be administered in combination with other therapies for diseases caused by TTR amyloid fibrils. Therapies for diseases caused by TTR amyloid fibrils include heart transplant for TTR cardiomyopathy, liver transplant, other kinetic stabilizers of TTR, RNA knock-down and/or RNA interference methods and the like. The compound described above may be administered before, after, or during another therapy for diseases caused by TTR amyloid fibrils.
[00161] The compounds described herein for use in combination therapy with the compounds of the present invention may be administered by the same route of administration (e.g.
intrapulmonary, oral, enteral, etc.) that the compounds are administered. In the alternative, the compounds for use in combination therapy with the compounds of the present invention may be administered by a different route of administration that the compounds are administered.
[00162] The compounds and compositions provided herein may be administered as the only therapeutic agent or in combination with other active ingredients. For example, the compounds and compositions may be administered in combination with other compounds to treat amyloidoses and amyloid disorders, including but not limited to compounds that bind to and stabilize TTR and/or compounds that target TTR RNA and/or compounds that modulate the expression of the TTR protein and/or compounds that modulate the transcription of the TTR gene and/or compounds, which may modulate intra or extracellular protein homeostasis and/or protein stability and/or protein aggregation and/or protein folding.
[00163] Further active ingredients for combination therapy include but are not restricted to
compounds for the disease modifying or symptomatic treatment of amyloidoses, including but not limited to familial amyloid polyneuropathy, familial amyloid cardiomyopathy, cerebral amyloidoses, leptomeningeal amyloidis, oculoleptomengial amyloidosis, senile systemic amyloidosis, vitreous amyloidosis, ocular amyloidoes, familial euthyroid hyperthyroxinemia, gastrointestinal amyloidoses, neuropathic amyloidoses, non-neuropathic amyloidoses, nephropathy, non-hereditary amyloidoses, reactive/secondary amyloidoes, Alzheimer's disease, spongiform encephalopathy (i.e.Creutzfeldt Jakob disease, GSS, fatal familial insomnia), Guillain-Barre' syndrome, frontotemporal dementia, multiple sclerosis,
polyneuropathy,Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Down Syndrome, macular degeneration, vitreous opacities, glaucoma, type II diabetes and medullary carcinoma of the thyroid.
KITS
[00164] Kits with unit doses of the subject compounds, usually in oral or injectable doses, are provided. In such kits, in addition to the containers containing the unit doses will be an informational package insert describing the use and attendant benefits of the drugs in treating pathological condition of interest. Preferred compounds and unit doses are those described herein above.
Articles of Manufacture
[00165] The compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable derivatives may be packaged as articles of manufacture containing packaging material, a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof provided herein, which is effective for modulating TTR folding, or for treatment, prevention or amelioration of one or more symptoms of TTR mediated diseases or disorders, or diseases or disorders in which TTR misfolding, is implicated, within the packaging material, and a label that indicates that the compound or composition, or
pharmaceutically acceptable derivative thereof, is used for modulating TTR folding, or for treatment, prevention or amelioration of one or more symptoms of TTR mediated diseases or disorders, or diseases or disorders in which TTR misfolding is implicated.
[00166] The articles of manufacture provided herein contain packaging materials. Examples of pharmaceutical packaging materials include, but are not limited to, blister packs, bottles, tubes, inhalers, pumps, bags, vials, containers, syringes, bottles, and any packaging material suitable for a selected formulation and intended mode of administration and treatment. A wide array of formulations of the compounds and compositions provided herein are contemplated as are a variety of treatments for any disease or disorder in which TTR misfolding is implicated as a mediator or contributor to the symptoms or cause.
METHODS
[00167] There are a number of published and well established in vitro assays that are used to evaluate the ability of test compounds to stabilize the TTR tetramers or prevent TTR fibrils formation. Examples include, but are not limited to, fluorescence polarization assay, fluorscent probe binding assay, isothermal titration calorimetry assay, fibril formation assay,
determination of the three-dimensional structure of ligand bound to TTR using X-ray crystallography, FRET, kinetics of transthyretin tetramer dissociation or fibril formations, immunoblots to evaluate the stabilizing effect and selectivity of compound binding to TTR in serum.
[00168] Provided herein are methods for using the disclosed compounds to increase the stability of TTR thereby preventing it from misfolding and forming TTR amyloid fibrils.
[00169] The TTR stabilizers disclosed herein may be used to decrease TTR amyloid formation and/or to decrease cell dysfunction and/or death associated with TTR amyloid formation. The
TTR stabilizers may be used to decrease TTR amyloid formation in vitro in a cell-free system, in vitro - intra or extracellularily in cell culture, and in vivo, such as TTR found in bodily fluids including but not restricted to blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, tissue and organs
including but not restricted to the heart, the kidney, peripheral nerves, meninges, the central nervous system, the eye (including the retina and vitreous fluid) of a subject. As such, methods for using the disclosed compounds include administering the disclosed compounds in vitro, ex vivo or to a subject in vivo to increase the stability of TTR found in bodily fluids including but not restricted to blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, tissues and organs including but not restricted to the heart, the kidney, peripheral nerves, meninges, the central nervous system, the eyes..
[00170] Amyloid fibril formation may be determined using a turbidity assay in vitro in a cell- free system. The turbidity assay can use a wild-type TTR or a mutant of TTR with an increased tendency to form amyloid fibrils. When a wild- type TTR is used TTR amyloidogenesis may be initiated by acidification of TTR or the addition of urea. When a mutant of TTR with an increased tendency to form amyloid fibrils, acidification of TTR or addition of urea may also be used.
[00171] TTR stabilizers disclosed herein may be used to decrease TTR amyloid formation in a cell, such as those cells found in bodily fluids including but not restricted to blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, tissue and organs including but not restricted to the heart, the kidney, peripheral nerves, meninges, the central nervous system, the eye (including the retina and vitreous fluid) of a subject.
[00172] Also provided are methods for the stabilization of transthyretin in a tissue or in a
biological fluid, and thereby inhibiting dissociation and/or misfolding. Generally, the method comprises administering to the tissue or biological fluid a composition comprising a stabilizing amount of a compound described herein that binds to transthyretin and prevents dissociation of the transthyretin tetramer by kinetic stabilization of the native state of the transthyretin tetramer. As such, methods for using the disclosed compounds include administering to the tissue or biological fluid a composition comprising a stabilizing amount of a compound described herein that binds to transthyretin and prevents dissociation of the transthyretin tetramer by kinetic stabilization of the native state of the transthyretin tetramer of TTR found in the blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, fluids of the central nervous system, retina and the eyes. Generally, the method involves administering to the tissue or biological fluid a stabilizing amount of a compound provided herein that binds to TTR and prevents dissociation of the TTR tetramer by kinetic stabilization of the native state of the TTR tetramer.
[00173] Thus, methods which stabilize TTR in a diseased tissue ameliorate misfolding and lessen symptoms of an associated disease and, depending upon the disease, can contribute to cure of the disease. Also contemplated herein is inhibition of TTR misfolding in a tissue and/or
within a cell. The extent of misfolding, and therefore the extent of inhibition achieved by the present methods, can be evaluated by a variety of methods, such as are described in the Examples and in international patent application publication no. WO2004/056315. The disclosure of the above-referenced application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[00174] Thus, methods, which stabilize transthyretin in a diseased tissue ameliorate misfolding and lessen symptoms of an associated disease and, depending upon the disease, can contribute to cure of the disease. The target disease of methods of the present disclosure may vary and may include those diseases which result from protein misfolding (e.g., TTR folding) or diseases associated with an increased tendency to form amyloid fibrils of the TTR tetramer found in the bodily fluids such as blood, serum, cerebrospinal fluid, fluids of the central nervous system and eyes. The invention contemplates inhibition of TTR misfolding in a tissue and/or within a cell. The extent of misfolding, and therefore the extent of inhibition achieved by the present methods, can be evaluated by a variety of methods, such as are described in the Examples.
[00175] Accordingly, in another aspect the invention includes a method of treating a TTR
amyloid disease, the method comprising administering to a subject diagnosed as having a TTR amyloid disease a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that stabilizes the native state of the TTR tetramer.
[00176] In one embodiment, the invention features a method of treating a TTR amyloid disease, the method comprising administering to a subject diagnosed as having a TTR amyloid disease a therapeutically effective amount of a compound disclosed above that stabilizes TTR tetramer.
[00177] The TTR amyloid disease can be, for example, familial amyloid polyneuropathy,
familial amyloid cardiomyopathy, senile systemic amyloidosis, central amyloidosis or ocular amyloidosis.
[00178] The subject treated in the present methods can be a human subject, although it is to be understood that the principles of the invention indicate that the invention is effective with respect to all mammals.
Evaluation of the Activity of the Compounds
[00179] A number of in vitro tests can be used to evaluate the compounds for their ability to stabilize TTR tetramers or prevent formation of fibrils. The tests can include a fibril formation assay, a plasma selectivity assay, determination of the three-dimensional structure of a
TTRxompound complex (e.g., by X-ray crystallography), kinetics of TTR tetramer
dissociation or fibril formations, and determining the stoichiometry and energetics of TTR: compound interactions, by, for example, centrifugation or calorimetry.
[00180] The TTR used in the screening methods can be wild type TTR or a mutant TTR, such as a naturally occurring mutant TTR causally associated with the incidence of a TTR amyloid disease such as familial amyloid polyneuropathy or familial amyloid cardiomyopathy.
Example naturally occurring mutant TTRs include, but are not limited to, V122I, V30M, L55P (the mutant nomenclature describes the substitution at a recited amino acid position, relative to the wild type; see, e.g., Saraiva et al. Hum. Mut. 17:493-503 (2001)).
EXAMPLES
[00181] The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how to make and use the present invention, and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their invention nor are they intended to represent that the experiments below are all or the only experiments performed. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers used (e.g. amounts, temperature, etc.) but some experimental errors and deviations should be accounted for.
Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, molecular weight is weight average molecular weight, temperature is in degrees Celsius, and pressure is at or near atmospheric. Standard abbreviations may be used, e.g., bp, base pair(s); kb, kilobase(s); pi, picoliter(s); s or sec, second(s); min, minute(s); h or hr, hour(s); aa, amino acid(s); kb, kilobase(s); bp, base pair(s); nt, nucleotide(s); Room Temperature, RT, rt, and the like.
Materials and Methods
[00182] Reagents and Instruments. Prealbumin from human plasma (human TTR) was
purchased from Sigma. Diflunisal, Thyroxine (T4), and resveratrol were purchased from Fisher. All reactions were carried out under argon atmosphere using dry solvents under anhydrous conditions, unless otherwise noted. The solvents used were ACS grade from Fisher. Reagents were purchased from Aldrich and Acros, and used without further purification.
Reactions were monitored by thin-layer chromatography (TLC) carried out on 0.20 mm POLYGRAM® SIL silica gel plates (Art.-Nr. 805 023) with fluorescent indicator UV254 using UV light as a visualizing agent. Normal phase flash column chromatography was carried out using Davisil® silica gel (100-200 mesh, Fisher). Wild type TTR concentration is serum was measured at Stanford Medical School using nephelometric analyzer (28 mg/dL or 5 μΜ).
Chemical synthesis of Compound VIIc
CompoundtVII
Scheme 1
[00183] Methyl 3-(3-bromopropoxy)-4-fluorobenzoate (Compound 2); To a solution of methyl 4-fluoro-3-hydroxybenzoate 1 (3.0 g, 17.6 mmol, 1 equiv) and 1,3-dibromopropane (9.0 ml, 88.2 mmol, 5 equiv) in DMF (40 ml) was added K2C03 (2.93 g, 21.2 mmol, 1.2 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc (1.5 L), washed with brine (3x0.5 L) and dried with Na2S04. The solution was filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 1-10% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford compound 2 (4.21 g, 82% yield); 1H NMR (CD30D, 600 MHz) δ 7.67-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.07 (m, 1H), 4.21 (t, 2H, J = 5.89 Hz), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.62 (t, 2H, J = 6.38 Hz), 2.38-2.31 (m, 2H); (ESI+) m/z: calcd for CnHi2BrF03 + H+ 290.00; found 290.01 (M + H+).
[00184] Methyl 3-(3-(3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)propoxy)-4-fluorobenzoate
(Compound 4); A solution of 2 (780 mg, 2.69 mmol, 1 equiv) in benzene (3 ml) was added dropwise to a solution of acetyl acetone (0.552 ml, 5.38 mmol, 2 equiv) and DBU (0.804 ml, 5.38 mmol, 2 equiv) in benzene (7 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. The mixture was filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 1-10% EtOAc/hexanes) to afford compound 3 which was used in the next step directly. Hydrazine hydrate (0.36 ml, 6.73 mmol, 2.5 equiv) was added to a solution 3 in ethanol (5 ml) and the reaction was heated under reflux for 4 hours. The reaction was concentrated and purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel, 1-20% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to afford compound 4 (288 mg, 35% yield) in two steps; 1H NMR (CD3OD, 600 MHz) δ 7.64-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.15 (m, 1H), 4.01 (t, 2H, J = 6.0 Hz), 3.86 (s, 3H), 2.58
(t, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 2.12 (s, 6H), 1.97-1.92 (m, 2H); HRMS (DART) m/z: calcd for
C16H19FN20 + H+ 307.1458; found 307.1452 (M + H+).
[00185] 3-(3-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)propoxy)-4-fluorobenzoic acid (Compound VIIc); To a suspension of 4 (100 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1 equiv) in a mixture of THF (3 ml) and water (3 ml) was added LiOH.H20 (27.5 mg, 0.66 mmol, 2 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hr after which it was cooled to 0°C and carefully acidified to pH 2-3 with IN aqueous HCl. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 ml) and the combined organic extracts were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was subjected to flash column chromatography (silica gel, 10-50% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give Compound VIIc (68 mg, 71% yield) as a white solid (>98% purity by HPLC); 1H NMR (CD3OD, 600 MHz) δ 7.65-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.14 (m, 1H), 4.00 (t, 2H, J = 6.0 Hz), 2.58 (t, 2H, J = 5.8 Hz), 2.12 (s, 6H), 1.97-1.92 (m, 2H); HRMS (DART) m/z: calcd for C15H17FN203 + H+ 293.1301; found 293.1293 (M + H+).
[00186] 3-(3-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)propoxy)-4-fluorobenzamide. To a suspension of 4 (100 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1 equiv) in a mixture of THF (3 ml) and water (3 ml) is added (23.1 mg, 0.66 mmol, 2 equiv) of NH4OH. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 14 hr after which it is cooled to 0°C and carefully adjusted to pH 7 with IN aqueous HCl. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 ml) and the combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is subjected to flash column chromatography (silica gel, 10-50% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give 3-(3-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH- pyrazol-4-yl)propoxy)-4-fluorobenzamide.
[00187] N-ethyl 3-(3-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)propoxy)-4-fluorobenzamide. To a suspension of 4 (100 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1 equiv) in a mixture of THF (3 ml) and water (3 ml) is added (27.1 mg, 0.66 mmol, 2 equiv) of C2¾NH2. The reaction mixture is adjusted to pH 9.0 with .5N NaOH, then stirred at room temperature for 14 hr after which it is cooled to 0°C and carefully adjusted to pH 7 with IN aqueous HCl. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 ml) and the combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is subjected to flash column chromatography (silica gel, 10-50% MeOH/CH2Cl2) to give N-ethyl 3-(3-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrazol-4-yl)propoxy)- 4-fluorobenzamide.
Chemical synthesis of Compound Villa
[00188] Methyl 3-(3-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)propoxy)-4-fluorobenzoate (7). The
diketone 3 was dissolved in ethanol (5 mL) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (116 mg, 1.67 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 16 h and after this time the reaction was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-40% ethyl acetate/hexanes) to give 7 (103 mg, 12%) as a colorless oil: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) _ 7.67-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.13 (dd, J = 10.6, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.03 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 2.56 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.04-1.97 (m, 2H) and 5b (117 mg, 13%) as a colorless oil: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) _ 7.67-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.13 (dd, J = 10.6, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 4.36 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.03 (t, J = 5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.56 (t, J = 1.3 Hz, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.04-1.94 (m, 2H).
[00189] 3-(3-(3,5-dimethylisoxazol-4-yl)propoxy)-4-fluorobenzoic acid (Compound Villa ).
To a solution of 7 (103 mg, 0.33 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) and water (3 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (28 mg, 0.67mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. After this time, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether (10 mL) and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was acidified by aqueous 2 N
hydrochloride to pH 1 and then was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-5% methanol/methylene chloride) afforded Compound Villa (89 mg, 90%) as a white solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) _ 7.63-7.58 (m, 2H), 7.34 (dd, J = 11.1, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.48-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 1.95-1.85 (m, 2H); ESI MS m/z 292 [C15H16FN04-H]-; HPLC 98.3% (AUC), tR = 15.7 min.
Chemical synthesis of Compound VUIb
LiOH, THF
water, rt, 14 hours
Compound Vlllb
[00190] Methyl 3-(3-cyanopropoxy)-4-fluorobenzoate (8). Potassium cyanide (209 mg, 3.22 mmol) was added into a flask with 2 (780 mg, 2.68 mmol) in dimethyl sulfoxide (4 mL). The mixture was heated at 80 °C for 16 h. After this time, the reaction was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and washed with brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. The purification by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-40% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 8 (357 mg, 56%) as a colorless oil: 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) _ 7.70-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.14 (dd, J = 11.1, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 2H), 2.65 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.25-2.16 (m, 2H).
[00191] Methyl 3-(3-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)propoxy)-4-fluorobenzoate (9). Sodium azide (76 mg, 1.18 mmol) and ammonium chloride (63 mg, 1.18 mmol) was added into a flask with 8 (265 mg, 1.12 mmol) in N,N-dimethylformamide (3 mL). The mixture was heated at 90 °C for 16 h and then at 120 °C for 24 h. After this time, the reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and acidified by aqueous 2 N hydrochloride to pH 1. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica gel, 10-100% ethyl acetate/hexanes) afforded 9 (102 mg, 32%) as a white solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) _ 16.0 (br s, lH),7.66-7.57 (m, 2H), 7.38 (dd, J = 11.1, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.07 (t, J = 1.5 Hz, 2H), 2.26-2.18 (m, 2H).
[00192] 3-(3-(2H-Tetrazol-5-yl)propoxy)-4-fluorobenzoic acid (Compound VUIb). To a solution of 9 (100 mg, 0.36 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) and water (3 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (45 mg, 1.07 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. After this time, the reaction mixture was diluted with diethyl ether (10 mL) and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was acidified by aqueous 2 N
hydrochloride to pH 1 and then was extracted with 15% 2-propanol/chloroform (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulphate, filtered and concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0-7% methanol/methylene chloride) afforded Compound VUIb (47 mg, 49%) as a white solid: 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO- 6) _ 7.65- 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.34 (dd, J = 11.1, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.07 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.27-2.15 (m, 2H); ESI MS mJz 265 [C11H11FN403-H]-; HPLC 96.9% (AUC), tR = 11.1 min.
Isothermal Titration Calorimetry (ITC)
[00193] Calorimetric titrations were carried out on a VP-ITC calorimeter (MicroCal,
Northhampton, MA). A solution of test compound (Compound VIIc, Compound A, and Tafamidis) (25 μΜ in PBS pH 7.4, 100 mM KCl, 1 mM EDTA, 8% DMSO) was prepared and titrated into an ITC cell containing 2 μΜ of TTR in an identical buffer. Prior to each titration, all samples were degassed for 10 minutes. 37 injections of test compounds (8.0 each) were injected into the ITC cell (at 25°C) to the point that TTR was fully saturated with ligand.
Integration of the thermogram after the subtraction of blanks yielded a binding isotherm that fit best to a model of two interacting sites exhibiting negative cooperativity. The data were fit by a nonlinear least squares approach with four adjustable parameters: K&\, AH1, K<i2, and AH2 using the ITC data analysis module in MicroCal ORIGIN 5.0 software.
Fluorescence Polarization Binding Assays
[00194] Determination ofFP probe displacement by TTR ligands. The affinity of test
compounds to TTR was determined by their ability to displace FP probe form TTR using our recently developed assay (Alhamadsheh et al. Science Translational Medicine (2011)). In a black 384- well plates (E&K Scientific, # EK-31076), FP-probe 5 (200 nM) was incubated with TTR (400 nM) in assay buffer (PBS pH 7.4, 0.01% Triton-XlOO, 1% DMSO in 25 \L final volumes) at room temperature. Compound VIIc, Compound A, and tafamidis were then added to the wells a single concentration of 10 μΜ. The samples were allowed to equilibrate by
agitation for 30 min at room temperature and fluorescence polarization (excitation λ 485 nm, emission λ 525 nm, cutoff λ 515 nm) measurements were taken using a SpectraMax M5 Microplate Reader (Molecular Devices). The data were fit to the following equation [y=(A- D)/(l+(x/C)AB) + D] where A=maximum FP signal, B=slope, C= apparent binding constant (Kapp), and D= minimum FP signal. The apparent binding constant was reported as the mean for triplicate experiments and the best data fit was determined by R value.
Serum TTR selectivity assay
The binding affinity and selectivity of the of test compounds to TTR was determined by their ability to compete for covalent probe 6 (shown below) binding to TTR in human serum as previously reported (Choi et al., Bioorg Med Chem (2011)). 98 μΐ^ of human serum (Sigma- Aldrich) was mixed with 1 μL· of test compounds (1.0 mM stock solution in DMSO, final concentration: 10 μΜ) and 1 μL· of covalent probe 6 (0.36 mM stock solution in DMSO: final concentration: 3.6 μΜ). The fluorescence changes kgX = 328 nm and = 384 nm) were monitored every 10 min using a microplate spectrophotometer reader (Molecular Devices SpectraMax M5) for 6 h at 25°C.
[00196] All compounds were 10 mM stock solutions in DMSO and diluted accordingly with
DMSO for different assays. 0.5 μΐ of each compound was added to 24.5 μΐ of human serum (from human male AB plasma, Sigma) to make the final concentration of 10 μΜ. The samples were incubated at 37°C for 2 h, and then 10 μΐ of the samples were diluted 1: 10 with acidification buffer (pH 4.0, 100 mM sodium acetate, 100 mM KC1, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM DTT). The samples for 0 hours were directly cross-linked with glutaraldehyde (final concentration of 2.5%) for 5 min, and then quenched with 10 μΐ of 7% sodium borohydride solution in 0.1 M NaOH; while the samples in acidification buffer were incubated at room temperature for 72 h and then cross-linked and quenched with the same protocol. All the samples were denatured with adding 100 μΐ SDS gel loading buffer and boiled for 5 min. 12.5 μΐ of each sample was separated in 12% SDS-PAGE gels and analyzed by immunoblotting using anti-TTR antiserum (DAKO A0002). The normalization was done by dividing each value of the TTR tetramer band intensity by the average of all the values at time 0.
Measurement of Serum V122I-TTR Tetramer Stability against Acid Denaturation
[00197] Subjects: Samples were obtained from two patients with the V122I TTR mutation.
(mutation confirmed by sequencing / test: 'Amyloidosis DNA titer'): The western blot analysis was performed as described above for wild type TTR. All the value of the TTR tetramer band intensity was normalized by the DMSO treated sample at time 0 which was set as 1.
Cytotoxicity Assay
[00198] 5xl03 cells were seeded on 80μ1 growth media (except 2.5 x 104 Jurkat cells) in each well in 96-well plates and incubate O/N at 37 °C. 20μ1 of fresh growth media containing each compound were added into each well to make the final concentration ranging from 1-ΙΟΟμΜ. DMSO was used for normalization. Cell titer was tested every 24 h using CellTiter 96 nonradioactive cell proliferation assay kit (Promega, Madison, WI) at 560nm absorbance.
DESIGN AND SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUND VIIC
Compound A
Previously we reported the first high-throughput screen (HTS) for TTR ligands, which enabled us to identify a variety of potent and structurally diverse TTR kinetic stabilizers such as Compound A (Alhamadsheh et al. Science Translational Medicine, 2011). The 2- fluorophenyl ring of Compound A occupied the outer binding cavity, placing a portion of the aryl ring into the halogen binding pocket (HBP) 1 or . With this observation and additional SAR data obtained from other ligands, we predicted that introducing a carboxylic acid to the 2- fluorophenyl ring of Compound A would allow the molecule to make additional electrostatic interactions with K15 and 15' at the periphery of the pocket. We hypothesized that the formation of both hydrogen bonds and electrostatic interactions with TTR within the T4 binding site would result in higher binding affinity and better TTR stabilization. A series of analogues of Compound A, including Compound VIIc were synthesized that probed the optimal position of the carboxylic acid moiety at the 2-fluorophenyl ring. In comparison to the clinical candidate tafamidis, we find that Compound VIIc is a highly effective and selective stabilizer of both WT and V122I mutant TTR. Compound VIIc also prevents the dissociation of V122I-TTR in serum obtained from FAC patients very effectively. Compound VIIc was not toxic on a number of cell lines, compared to Compound A, which displayed toxicity to certain cell lines at higher concentration (>25 μΜ). Therefore, by incorporating the carboxylic acid group we developed Compound VIIc, which is more potent and less toxic than the HTS, Compound A. Compound VIIc has surprising properties in comparison to compound A.
Biochemical and biophysical assays revealed important insights into the mechanism of how Compound VIIc is able to bind VI 221- TTR with high selectivity and to stabilize the TTR tetramer.
CHARACTERIZATION OF COMPOUND VIIC BINDING ENERGETICS TO TTR
[00200] The binding affinity of Compound VIIc to TTR at physiological pH was determined using our established fluorescence polarization (FP) assay (Figs. 1 and 2). For comparison, we also tested four known potent TTR kinetic stabilizers (tafamidis and diflunisal are in clinical trials for TTR amyloidosis; T4 is a natural ligand for TTR; and resveratrol, a natural product that has been shown to prevent TTR aggregation in vitro and TTR-induced cytotoxicity in tissue culture) (Fig. 1). The FP assay is a competitive assay that allows measurement of ligands binding to TTR based on their ability to displace a fluorescent probe from the TTR T4-binding sites (FP-probe 5, above). All test compounds were able to bind to TTR (purified from human plasma) at 10 μΜ (Fig. 4). The top two compounds, Compound VIIc and tafamidis, were then assayed in a multi-point dose-response FP assay (concentration range between 0.003 and 100 μΜ). The apparent binding constant of Compound VIIc Cfirapp = 193 nM, R = 0.994) was similar to that of tafamidis {ΚΆρρ = 247 nM, R2 = 0.990) (Fig. 2). Many ligands, including tafamidis (¾i = 4.4 nM and = 280 nM) (Fig. 3C), bind TTR with negative cooperativity. We used isothermal titration calorimetry (ITC) to determine the binding constants of
Compound VIIc to TTR and also to evaluate cooperativity between the two TTR T4 sites. ITC measurements showed that the Kdi of compound VIIc (¾i = 4.8 nM) was an order of magnitude lower than the Κ<π of compound A (¾i = 58 nM), indicating a higher affinity of compound VIIc for TTR. Analysis of the free energies associated with Compound VIIc binding to TTR shows high binding affinity and the dissociation constants indicate that Compound VIIc binds TTR with negative cooperativity (¾i = 4.8 nM and ¾2 = 314 nM) (Fig. 3A). Despite the similar binding affinities of Compound VIIc and tafamidis (i.e. similar AG values; AG/ ~ -11.4 and G2 ~ -8.8), the binding nature of both compounds to TTR is very different. While Compound VIIc binding is almost entirely enthalpically driven (AHl = -13.6 kcal/mol and AH2 = -7.5 kcal/mol), tafamidis binding is about 50% entropy and 50% enthalpy (AHl = -5.0 kcal/mol and AH2 = -3.9 kcal/mol).
COMPOUND VIIC BINDS WITH HIGH SELECTIVITY TO WT-TTR IN HUMAN SERUM
[00201] To stabilize the TTR tetramer and thus prevent amyloid fibril formation and
development of cardiac infiltrates in FAC and SSA patients, small molecules must be able to selectively bind to TTR in the presence of more than 4,000 other human serum proteins. We examined the binding selectivity of Compound VIIc to TTR in human serum by a fluorescent conjugate competition assay using a covalent probe 6. Covalent probe 6 binds selectively to
TTR in serum and covalently modifies K15, creating a fluorescent conjugate. Ligands that bind
with high selectivity to TTR in serum decrease covalent probe 6 binding to TTR and therefore lower the fluorescence. All test compounds (10 μΜ) were incubated with human serum (WT- TTR concentration ~5 μΜ) in the presence of covalent probe 6 (3.6 μΜ) (Fig. 4). Interestingly, Compound VIIc, which binds with high affinity to TTR in buffer was, when compared to tafamidis and Compound A (70.5 + 1.4% and 59.3 + 8.7% probe binding, respectively), the most selective TTR ligand in serum (3.1 + 2.9% probe binding) (Fig. 4B).
[00202] Our experiments show that both the selectivity as well as the efficacy of TTR kinetic stabilizers can be greatly increased when the ligand orientation within the T4 pocket is optimized. This is evidenced by Compound VIIc outperforming Compound A and tafamidis in stabilizing TTR at stoichiometric concentrations in human serum. Interestingly, despite the similar binding affinities of Compound VIIc and tafamidis to TTR in buffer, their selectivity for TTR in serum is different. Binding to serum proteins is an important factor in determining the overall selectivity, toxicity and pharmacokinetics of a drug. In comparison to tafamidis and Compound A, Compound VIIc exhibited remarkable selectivity for binding TTR in human serum in the presence of more than 4,000 other human serum proteins such as albumin (Figs. 4-6). The exceptional binding selectivity of Compound VIIc to serum TTR surpasses that of TTR's natural ligand, T4 as well as that of tafamidis and Compound A.
COMPOUND VIIc INCREASES THE STABILITY OF BOTH WT-TTR AND V122I-TTR IN HUMAN
SERUM AGAINST ACID-MEDIATED DISSOCIATION AND AMYLOIDOGENESIS
[00203] The compounds were tested for their ability to stabilize WT-TTR in human serum (Fig.
5). TTR tetramer dissociation to monomers and subsequent aggregation occur very
inefficiently at neutral pH. To measure the stabilizing effect of Compound VIIc, Compound A, and tafamidis towards TTR we used an acid-mediated tetramer dissociation assay. Test compounds (10 μΜ) were pre-incubated with human serum (TTR ~5 μΜ) and the pH was lowered to pH 4.0 to induce aggregation. Aliquots, taken at 0 and 72 hours, were treated with glutaraldehyde to cross-link TTR tetramers that remained intact in the serum sample. SDS-
PAGE followed by immunoblot analysis was used to measure the amount of intact TTR tetramer after 72 hours of acid treatment in the presence and absence of test compounds. In clinical trials of tafamidis the mean maximum concentration (Cmax) of tafamidis in the serum of human subjects, following 20 mg daily dose, was estimated to be around 7.4 μΜ (Tafamidis
Meglumine (Vyndaqel) assessment report, European Medicines Agency (EM A) (2011)
Procedure No.: EMEA/H/C/002294). At 10 μΜ, tafamidis stabilized about 58% +/- 3% of the
TTR tetramer in serum. Compound A provided similar stabilizing effect to that of tafamidis
(61.7% +/- 2.1% TTR tetramer stabilization at 10 μΜ). In contrast, at 10 μΜ, Compound VIIc was very effective and stabilized the majority (108 +/- 6%) of serum WT-TTR. The dramatically increased stabilizing effect of Compound VIIc compared to Compound A and Tafamidis was unanticipated and surprising. At 10 μΜ, Compound VIIc was also very effective in stabilizing almost all the V122I-TTR mutant in serum samples form FAC patients (-100%) (Fig. 6). Due to its ability to stabilize WT- and V122I-TTR, we anticipate Compound VIIc to be effective against both SSA and FAC.
COMPOUND VIIC SHOWS NO CYTOTOXICITY IN VITRO
[00204] In vitro cytotoxicity assays showed that has no in vitro cytotoxicity towards a panel of cell lines (Fig. 7).
[00205] The effect of both Compound VIIc and tafamidis on the viability and proliferation of four cell lines was studied via the (3-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide (MTT) assay (Fig. 7). Compounds were added to the culture medium at different concentrations (concentration range from 1 to 100 μΜ) and the cells were incubated for additional 24 h at 37 °C. Compound VIIc showed no cytotoxic effects towards any of the cell lines that were tested, while Compound A shows cytotoxicity at high concentrations (> 25 μΜ) towards Hep3B and Hela cells (Fig. 7). These data indicate that the Compound VIIc has less cytotoxicity than Compound A and suggest a better safety profile of Compound VIIc.
Cytotoxicity results tafamidis were similar to Compound VIIc, except towards MCF7 cells, where cytotoxic effects were observed at higher concentrations (>50 μΜ).
HETEROBIFUNCTIONAL COMPOUNDS FOR PPI DISRUPTION
[00206] Selection of the linker. The linker is selected considering the biophysical properties of the interacting proteins (Rp: recruited protein, and Tp: target protein). Given the bifunctional compound effectively acts to form a protein complex, the long-range forces that govern protein-protein interaction are considered when selecting an appropriate linker. The effect of the electrostatic interaction may be favorable, unfavourable or small. If the effect is small, the linker is selected to merely be long enough to project the targeting moiety (T) out of the binding pocket. If the interaction between Rp (recruited protein) and Tp (target protein) is disfavoured the linker is selected to be longer. The longer the linker (e.g., a flexible linker), the greater the area explored by the targeting element. Although this allows the targeting element to bind to the protein Tp, the effective concentration of the T decreases as the area explored
increases. The flexibility of the linker also introduces an entropic cost for small flexible linkers, due to the restriction of conformational states in the final bifunctional complex. As the linker increases in length this penalty is reduced. Introduction of rigid elements into the linker restricts the conformational space explored by T, and provided it is sufficiently long allows it to project from the protein, with a reduced conformational penalty. Using a series of linker systems, a library of bifunctional molecules is prepared for a wide variety of interacting proteins.
[00207] Linkers of various length, hydrophilicity, and rigidity are used in the preparation of bifunctional compounds. The linkers are attached to activated functional groups on the small molecule targeting and recruitment moieties using any convenient organic coupling reactions (e.g., ester, amide, and ether bond formation reactions).
[00208] Selection of Targeting Moieties. Any small molecule ligand of a target protein or target protein/receptor pair can be used. In addition, targeting moieties are identified by small molecule microarrays (SMM) screening for binding to the target protein using computational approaches. The attachment site for the linker on the TTR ligand is determined by the co- crystal structure of the ligand bound to TTR.
[00209] While the present invention has been described with reference to the specific
embodiments thereof, it should be understood by those skilled in the art that various changes may be made and equivalents may be substituted without departing from the true spirit and scope of the invention. In addition, many modifications may be made to adapt a particular situation, material, composition of matter, process, process step or steps, to the objective, spirit and scope of the present invention. All such modifications are intended to be within the scope of the claims appended hereto.
SERUM TTR SELECTIVITY ASSAY
[00210] The binding affinity and selectivity of the test compounds to TTR was determined by their ability to compete for covalent probe 6 binding to TTR in human serum as previously reported (Choi et al. (2011) Bioorg Med Chem 19: 1505-1514). An aliquot of 98 μΐ. of human serum (Sigma- Aldrich) was mixed with 1 of test compounds (1.0 mM stock solution in DMSO, final concentration: 10 μΜ) and 1
of probe 6 (0.36 mM stock solution in DMSO: final concentration: 3.6 μΜ). The fluorescence changes (λεχ = 328 nm and λειη = 384 nm) were monitored every 10 min using a microplate spectrophotometer reader (Molecular Devices SpectraMax M5) for 6 h at 25°C. The results of the assay are shown in Fig. 8.
Claims
What is claimed is:
1. A composition comprising a compound of Compound (I):
(I)
where Xa, Xb and Xc are independently selected from C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
A ring is a 4 to 12-membered ring, in certain embodiments the 4 to 12- membered ring is an aromatic or hetero aromatic ring;
each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino,
sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano;
c is a number from zero to 5; and
B ring is a hetercyclic ring selected from the following (hl-h30):
hi h5
7 h8 h9 MO h11
h27 h28 h28 h30 where Ru-R16are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
17
R is selected from a hydroxyl, alkyl, amino, and alkyl amino; and at least one of Rn-R16 is the linking group to Xc;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof..
2. The composition of claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises at least one of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant.
3. A composition comprising a compound of Compound (II):
where n is 1 to 8;
IT2 and R 3J are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano;
Xa is C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
A is a 5 to 12-membered ring, in certain embodiments the 5 to 12-membered ring is an aromatic or heteroaromatic ring;
each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl,
alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano; and
c is a number from zero to 5;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
4. The composition of claim 3, wherein the composition further comprises at least one of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant.
(III)
where n is zero to 7;
Z is carbon and/or up to three of the five Z may be nitrogen;
R 1 , IT2 and R 3J are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
Xa is C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino,
sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and cyano; and
c is a number from zero to 5;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
6. The composition of claim 5, wherein:
n is 3; and
X is O.
where n is 1 to 4;
R is a short chain alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
R is hydrogen;
R is a short chain alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
Xa is C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
each Y is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, heterocyclic group, alkoxycarbonyl sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester and substituted alkoxycarbonyl; and
c is 2;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, acetal, amide, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
The composition of claim 7, wherein:
methyl and R is methyl;
Xa is O; and
fluoro or carboxyl.
9. The composition of claim 3, wherein the compound has the structure of
Compound (V):
wherein n is 1 to 8;
IT2 and R 3J are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, heterocyclic group, halo, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
Xa is C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
Ra is CHO, COOH, COOCH3, COOR6, CONR7R8, tetrazolyl, CONHOH, B(OH)2, CONHS02Ar, CONHCH(R9)COOH, CF3, hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, heterocyclic group, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester, alkoxycarbonyl or substituted alkoxycarbonyl;
Rb is CHO, COOH, COOCH3, COOR6, CONR7R8, tetrazolyl, CONHOH, B(OH)2, CONHS02Ar, CONHCH(R9)COOH, CF3, hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, heterocyclic group, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester, alkoxycarbonyl or substituted alkoxycarbonyl;
R6 is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl;
R 7' and R 8° are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; and
R9 is the side chain of a naturally occurring a-amino carboxylic acid;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, amide, acetal, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
10. The composition of claim 9, wherein Rb is selected from bromo, chloro and fluoro.
where n is 3;
R is a short chain alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
R is hydrogen;
R is a short chain alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
Xa is C(R4)(R5), O, N-R5 or S; where R4 and R5 are independently selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxyl, heterocyclic group, halogen, nitro, acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, substituted alkoxycarbonyl, aminoacyl, substituted aminoacyl, amino, substituted amino, acylamino, substituted acylamino, and cyano;
Ra is CHO, COOH, COOCH3, COOR6, CONR7R8, tetrazolyl, CONHOH, B(OH)2, CONHS02Ar, CONHCH(R9)COOH, hydrogen, an acyl, substituted acyl, carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl, heterocyclic group, sulfonamide, sulfonyl fluoride, thioester, or substituted alkoxycarbonyl;
Rb is CHO, COOH, COOCH3, COOR6, CONR7R8, tetrazolyl, CONHOH, B(OH)2, CONHS02Ar, CONHCH(R9)COOH, a halogen or heterocyclic group;
R6 is alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl;
R 7' and R 8° are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, or heteroaryl; and
R9 is the side chain of a naturally occurring a-amino carboxylic acid;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, acetal, amide, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
12. The composition of claim 3, wherein the compound has the structure of Compound (VIIc):
(VIIc)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, acetal, amide, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
13. A composition comprising a compound of Compound (Vila):
where Ra is OH, CHO, COOH, CONH2, CONH(OH), COOR6, CONHR6; and R6 is straight of branched alkyl of 1-3 carbon atoms;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, acetal, amide, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
14. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of claim 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant.
15. A composition comprising a compound of Compound (Vllb):
where Ra is COOH, CONH2, CONH(OH), COOR6, CONHR6; and
R6 is straight of branched alkyl of 1-3 carbon atoms;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, acetal, amide, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
16. A composition comprising a compound selected from the following:
77
and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, enol ether, enol ester, acetal, amide, ketal, orthoester, hemiacetal, hemiketal, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof.
17. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of claim 16 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant.
18. A method of stabilizing TTR and/or decreasing amyloid fibril formation in a tissue or biological fluid, the method comprising contacting TTR with the pharmaceutical composition of claim 1, wherein the contacting stabilizes TTR and/or decreases TTR amyloid fibril formation.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein the composition further comprises at least one of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant.
20. A method of stabilizing TTR and/or decreasing amyloid fibril formation in a tissue or biological fluid, the method comprising contacting TTR with the pharmaceutical
composition of claim 12, wherein the contacting stabilizes TTR and/or decreases TTR amyloid fibril formation..
21. The method of claim 20, wherein the composition further comprises at least one of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant.
22. A method of inhibiting TTR misfolding, comprising contacting the TTR with a compound of claim 1.
23. A method of inhibiting dissociation of a TTR tetramer by kinetic stabilization of the native state of the TTR tetramer, comprising contacting the tetramer with a compound of claim 1.
24. A method of treating, preventing or improving one or more symptoms of a TTR-induced amyloid disease in a patient by administering the compound of claim 1 to the paitent, wherein the disease is familial amyloid polyneuropathy, familial amyloid cardiomyopathy, leptomeningeal amyloidis, oculoleptomengial amyloidosis, senile systemic amyloidosis, vitreous amyloidosis, or CNS amyloidsis.
25. A method of treating, preventing or improving one or more symptoms of a disease in a patient by administering the compound of claim 1 to the paitent, wherein the disease is familial euthyroid hyperthyroxinemia, ocular amyloidoses gastrointestinal amyloidoses, neuropathic amyloidoses, non-neuropathic amyloidoses, nephropathy, non- hereditary amyloidoses, reactive/secondary amyloidoes, cerebral amyloidoses, Alzheimer's disease, spongiform encephalopathy, frontotemporal dementia, Parkinson's disease amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Down Syndrome, multiple sclerosis, polyneuropathy, Guillain-Barre' syndrome, macular degeneration, vitreous opacities, glaucoma, type II diabetes or medullary carcinoma of the thyroid.
26. A method of inhibiting protein-protein interactions, comprising contacting TTR with a compound of claim 1.
27. A method of claim 26, wherein the compound is a hetero-bifunctional molecule.
28. A method of measuring TTR tetramer levels in biological fluids or tissues, comprising contacting the TTR tetramer with a labeled compound of claim 1.
29. A method of determining the presence and/or concentration of TTR in a sample comprising biological fluid or tissue comprising the steps of adding a labeled compound of claim 1 to the sample, binding of the labeled compound to TTR and measuring the presence of the labeled compound.
30. A method of determining the presence and/or concentration of TTR in a sample comprising biological fluid or tissue, comprising:
adding a labeled compound of claim 1 to the sample,
allowing binding of the labeled compound to TTR, and
measuring distance-dependent energy transfer between the labeled compound bound to a T4 binding pocket and a labeled compound and/or peptide and/or protein bound to an orthogonal binding surface on the TTR tetramer.
31. A method of determining efficacy of a candidate compound and/or method designed to stabilize TTR and/or decrease TTR dissociation and/or decrease TTR amyloid fibril formation and/or to alter TTR protein expression levels, comprising:
contacting a TTR tetramer in a sample comprising biological fluid or tissue with a labeled compound of claim 1 in the presence of the candidate comporund and/or the method, and
measuring the presence of the labeled compound.
32. A method of determining efficacy of a candidate compound and/or method designed to stabilize TTR and/or decrease TTR dissociation and/or decrease TTR amyloid fibril formation and/or to alter TTR protein expression levels in a sample comprising biological fluid or tissue, comprising:
adding of a labeled compound of claim 1 to the sample,
allowing binding of the labeled compound to TTR, and
measuring the distance-dependent energy transfer between the labeled compound bound to a T4 binding pocket and a labeled compound and/or peptide and/or protein bound to an orthogonal binding surface on the TTR tetramer.
Priority Applications (10)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
RS20180966A RS57572B1 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2013-12-18 | Transthyretin stabilizers and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions |
DK13866060.0T DK2934514T3 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2013-12-18 | Transhyrethine stabilizers and their use to inhibit transhyrthine amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions |
SI201331131T SI2934514T1 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2013-12-18 | Transthyretin stabilizers and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions |
JP2015549642A JP6333289B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2013-12-18 | Transthyretin stabilizers and their use to inhibit transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions |
EP13866060.0A EP2934514B1 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2013-12-18 | Transthyretin stabilizers and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions |
LTEP13866060.0T LT2934514T (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2013-12-18 | Transthyretin stabilizers and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions |
PL13866060T PL2934514T3 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2013-12-18 | Transthyretin stabilizers and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions |
ES13866060.0T ES2683994T3 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2013-12-18 | Transthyretin stabilizers and their use to inhibit transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions |
HRP20181268TT HRP20181268T1 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2018-08-03 | Transthyretin stabilizers and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions |
CY20181100823T CY1120543T1 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2018-08-07 | TRANSYTHRETINE STABILIZERS AND THEIR USE FOR SUSPENSION OF TRANSYTHRINE STYLE AND PROTEIN-PROTEIN INTERACTIONS |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201261745089P | 2012-12-21 | 2012-12-21 | |
US61/745,089 | 2012-12-21 | ||
US13/830,731 US9169214B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2013-03-14 | Compounds and compositions that bind and stabilize transthyretin and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions |
US13/830,731 | 2013-03-14 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2014100227A1 true WO2014100227A1 (en) | 2014-06-26 |
Family
ID=50975335
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2013/076213 WO2014100227A1 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2013-12-18 | Transthyretin stabilizers and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions |
Country Status (14)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (7) | US9169214B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2934514B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP6333289B2 (en) |
CY (1) | CY1120543T1 (en) |
DK (1) | DK2934514T3 (en) |
ES (1) | ES2683994T3 (en) |
HR (1) | HRP20181268T1 (en) |
HU (1) | HUE038853T2 (en) |
LT (1) | LT2934514T (en) |
PL (1) | PL2934514T3 (en) |
PT (1) | PT2934514T (en) |
RS (1) | RS57572B1 (en) |
SI (1) | SI2934514T1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2014100227A1 (en) |
Cited By (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9340503B2 (en) | 2009-01-28 | 2016-05-17 | Karus Therapeutics, Limited | Scriptaid isosteres and their use in therapy |
US9676765B2 (en) | 2012-11-07 | 2017-06-13 | Karus Therapeutics Limited | Histone deacetylase inhibitors and their use in therapy |
US9862685B2 (en) | 2013-05-10 | 2018-01-09 | Karus Therapeutics Limited | Histone deacetylase inhibitors |
US10407435B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2019-09-10 | Karus Therapeutics Limited | Diheteroaryl histone deacetylase inhibitors and their use in therapy |
US10533003B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2020-01-14 | Karus Therapeutics Limited | Polyheteroarl histone deacetylase inhibitors and their use in therapy |
WO2020037189A1 (en) | 2018-08-17 | 2020-02-20 | Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. | Formulations of ag10 |
WO2020128816A2 (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2020-06-25 | Pfizer Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions and methods comprising a combination of a benzoxazole transthyretin stabilizer and an additional therapeutic agent |
WO2022112919A1 (en) | 2020-11-25 | 2022-06-02 | Pfizer Inc. | (aza)benzothiazolyl substituted pyrazole compounds |
WO2023009612A1 (en) | 2021-07-28 | 2023-02-02 | Protego Biopharma, Inc. | Acoramidis (3-(3-(3,5-dimethyl-1h-pyrazol-4-yl)propoxy)-4-fluorobenzoic acid) derivatives for stabilizing transthyretin (tts) and inhibiting tts misfolding for the treatment of e.g. peripheral ttr amyloidosis |
WO2023052652A1 (en) | 2021-10-01 | 2023-04-06 | Sandoz Ag | Crystalline form of acoramidis hydrochloride |
Families Citing this family (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP2566333A4 (en) * | 2010-05-07 | 2014-04-02 | Univ Leland Stanford Junior | Identification of stabilizers of multimeric proteins |
US9169214B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2015-10-27 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Compounds and compositions that bind and stabilize transthyretin and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions |
US20160045609A1 (en) | 2014-08-14 | 2016-02-18 | Mamoun M. Alhamadsheh | Conjugation of pharmaceutically active agents with transthyretin ligands through adjustable linkers to increase serum half-life |
MX2021015220A (en) * | 2017-02-17 | 2022-12-01 | Eidos Therapeutics Inc | Processes for preparing ag-10, its intermediates, and salts thereof. |
JOP20180092A1 (en) | 2017-10-13 | 2019-04-13 | Gilead Sciences Inc | Hiv protease inhibitors |
SG11202009073WA (en) * | 2018-03-23 | 2020-10-29 | Eidos Therapeutics Inc | Methods of treating ttr amyloidosis using ag10 |
TW202104210A (en) | 2019-04-17 | 2021-02-01 | 美商基利科學股份有限公司 | Hiv protease inhibitors |
MX2021014682A (en) * | 2019-05-31 | 2022-04-06 | Plex Pharmaceuticals Inc | Pharmacological agents for treating protein aggregation diseases of the eye. |
CN115551886A (en) | 2020-05-12 | 2022-12-30 | 生物控股有限公司 | Combination therapy for TTR amyloidosis |
US20240238426A1 (en) * | 2021-03-04 | 2024-07-18 | The Scripps Research Institute | Protein acylation modulation by heterobifunctional molecules |
Citations (36)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
USRE28819E (en) | 1972-12-08 | 1976-05-18 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Dialkylated glycol compositions and medicament preparations containing same |
US4328245A (en) | 1981-02-13 | 1982-05-04 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Carbonate diester solutions of PGE-type compounds |
US4358603A (en) | 1981-04-16 | 1982-11-09 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Acetal stabilized prostaglandin compositions |
US4409239A (en) | 1982-01-21 | 1983-10-11 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Propylene glycol diester solutions of PGE-type compounds |
US4410545A (en) | 1981-02-13 | 1983-10-18 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Carbonate diester solutions of PGE-type compounds |
US4522811A (en) | 1982-07-08 | 1985-06-11 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides |
US5709874A (en) | 1993-04-14 | 1998-01-20 | Emory University | Device for local drug delivery and methods for using the same |
US5759542A (en) | 1994-08-05 | 1998-06-02 | New England Deaconess Hospital Corporation | Compositions and methods for the delivery of drugs by platelets for the treatment of cardiovascular and other diseases |
US5840674A (en) | 1990-11-01 | 1998-11-24 | Oregon Health Sciences University | Covalent microparticle-drug conjugates for biological targeting |
US5860957A (en) | 1997-02-07 | 1999-01-19 | Sarcos, Inc. | Multipathway electronically-controlled drug delivery system |
US5900252A (en) | 1990-04-17 | 1999-05-04 | Eurand International S.P.A. | Method for targeted and controlled release of drugs in the intestinal tract and more particularly in the colon |
US5948433A (en) | 1997-08-21 | 1999-09-07 | Bertek, Inc. | Transdermal patch |
US5972366A (en) | 1994-11-28 | 1999-10-26 | The Unites States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army | Drug releasing surgical implant or dressing material |
US5983134A (en) | 1995-04-23 | 1999-11-09 | Electromagnetic Bracing Systems Inc. | Electrophoretic cuff apparatus drug delivery system |
US5985307A (en) | 1993-04-14 | 1999-11-16 | Emory University | Device and method for non-occlusive localized drug delivery |
US5985317A (en) | 1996-09-06 | 1999-11-16 | Theratech, Inc. | Pressure sensitive adhesive matrix patches for transdermal delivery of salts of pharmaceutical agents |
US6004534A (en) | 1993-07-23 | 1999-12-21 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Targeted polymerized liposomes for improved drug delivery |
US6010715A (en) | 1992-04-01 | 2000-01-04 | Bertek, Inc. | Transdermal patch incorporating a polymer film incorporated with an active agent |
US6024975A (en) | 1992-04-08 | 2000-02-15 | Americare International Diagnostics, Inc. | Method of transdermally administering high molecular weight drugs with a polymer skin enhancer |
US6039975A (en) | 1995-10-17 | 2000-03-21 | Hoffman-La Roche Inc. | Colon targeted delivery system |
US6048736A (en) | 1998-04-29 | 2000-04-11 | Kosak; Kenneth M. | Cyclodextrin polymers for carrying and releasing drugs |
US6060082A (en) | 1997-04-18 | 2000-05-09 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Polymerized liposomes targeted to M cells and useful for oral or mucosal drug delivery |
US6071495A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 2000-06-06 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Targeted gas and gaseous precursor-filled liposomes |
US6120751A (en) | 1997-03-21 | 2000-09-19 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Charged lipids and uses for the same |
US6131570A (en) | 1998-06-30 | 2000-10-17 | Aradigm Corporation | Temperature controlling device for aerosol drug delivery |
US6139865A (en) | 1996-10-01 | 2000-10-31 | Eurand America, Inc. | Taste-masked microcapsule compositions and methods of manufacture |
US6167301A (en) | 1995-08-29 | 2000-12-26 | Flower; Ronald J. | Iontophoretic drug delivery device having high-efficiency DC-to-DC energy conversion circuit |
US6256533B1 (en) | 1999-06-09 | 2001-07-03 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Apparatus and method for using an intracutaneous microneedle array |
US6253872B1 (en) | 1996-05-29 | 2001-07-03 | Gmundner Fertigteile Gesellschaft M.B.H & Co., Kg | Track soundproofing arrangement |
US6261595B1 (en) | 2000-02-29 | 2001-07-17 | Zars, Inc. | Transdermal drug patch with attached pocket for controlled heating device |
US6267983B1 (en) | 1997-10-28 | 2001-07-31 | Bando Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Dermatological patch and process for producing thereof |
US6271359B1 (en) | 1999-04-14 | 2001-08-07 | Musc Foundation For Research Development | Tissue-specific and pathogen-specific toxic agents and ribozymes |
US6274552B1 (en) | 1993-03-18 | 2001-08-14 | Cytimmune Sciences, Inc. | Composition and method for delivery of biologically-active factors |
US6316652B1 (en) | 1995-06-06 | 2001-11-13 | Kosta Steliou | Drug mitochondrial targeting agents |
WO2004056315A2 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2004-07-08 | The Scripps Research Institute | Compositions and methods for stabilizing transthyretin and inhibiting transthyretin misfolding |
WO2011140333A1 (en) * | 2010-05-07 | 2011-11-10 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Identification of stabilizers of multimeric proteins |
Family Cites Families (26)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4261928A (en) * | 1977-08-05 | 1981-04-14 | Sterling Drug Inc. | 2-Benzoyl-8-(2-chloro-4-methoxyphenoxy)-1-phenyl-1-octanone |
US4171365A (en) * | 1977-08-05 | 1979-10-16 | Sterling Drug Inc. | Antiviral aryloxyalkylpyrazoles |
US4232161A (en) * | 1979-10-24 | 1980-11-04 | Sterling Drug Inc. | 4-[6-(2-Chloro-4-methoxyphenoxy)hexyl]-3,5-diethyl-1-(2-pyridinyl)-1H-pyrazole |
US4234725A (en) * | 1979-10-24 | 1980-11-18 | Sterling Drug Inc. | 4-[6-(2-Chloro-4-methoxyphenoxy)hexyl]-3,5-diethyl-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)-1-oxobutyl]-1H-pyrazole |
SU1824398A1 (en) * | 1991-04-29 | 1993-06-30 | Bakinskij G Uni Im M E Rasulza | 3,4,5-substituted pyrazoles ehxibiting antifungal activity |
US5744368A (en) | 1993-11-04 | 1998-04-28 | Research Foundation Of State University Of New York | Methods for the detection of soluble amyloid β-protein (βAP) or soluble transthyretin (TTR) |
WO1998027972A2 (en) | 1996-12-23 | 1998-07-02 | Texas A & M University | Anti-amyloidogenic agents |
EP1165500A1 (en) * | 1999-04-02 | 2002-01-02 | Du Pont Pharmaceuticals Company | Amide derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases,tnf-alpha,and aggrecanase |
WO2002059621A2 (en) | 2001-01-24 | 2002-08-01 | Bayer Corporation | Regulation of transthyretin to treat obesity |
WO2002088101A2 (en) * | 2001-04-27 | 2002-11-07 | Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated | Inhibitors of bace |
KR100947253B1 (en) * | 2001-11-16 | 2010-03-11 | 토야마 케미칼 컴퍼니 리미티드 | Novel Bensophenone Derivatives or Salts Thereof |
EP1513817A1 (en) * | 2002-05-24 | 2005-03-16 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | 1, 2-azole derivatives with hypoglycemic and hypolipidemic activity |
US7396850B2 (en) * | 2003-01-06 | 2008-07-08 | Eli Lilly And Company | Pyrazole derivative as PPAR modulator |
ITBO20030453A1 (en) | 2003-07-29 | 2005-01-30 | Pulsar Srl | CONVEYANCE DEVICE WITHOUT ACCUMULATION OF RESIDUES. |
JP2007284350A (en) * | 2004-07-27 | 2007-11-01 | Takeda Chem Ind Ltd | Therapeutic agent for diabetes |
WO2008016811A2 (en) * | 2006-07-31 | 2008-02-07 | Neurogen Corporation | Aminopiperidines and realted compounds |
CA2686651C (en) * | 2007-05-25 | 2015-11-24 | Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg | Heterocyclic compounds as positive modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 (mglu2 receptor) |
WO2009148961A2 (en) * | 2008-05-29 | 2009-12-10 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Drugs to prevent hpv infection |
JO3041B1 (en) * | 2008-07-25 | 2016-09-05 | Galapagos Nv | Novel compounds useful for the treatment of degenerative and inflammatory diseases |
US8048887B2 (en) * | 2008-09-11 | 2011-11-01 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Compounds for the treatment of hepatitis C |
US7994171B2 (en) * | 2008-09-11 | 2011-08-09 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Compounds for the treatment of hepatitis C |
UY32251A (en) * | 2008-11-20 | 2010-05-31 | Glaxosmithkline Llc | CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS |
BR112012008849A2 (en) * | 2009-10-14 | 2015-09-22 | Schering Corp | compound, pharmaceutical composition, and use of a compound |
AR079022A1 (en) * | 2009-11-02 | 2011-12-21 | Sanofi Aventis | DERIVATIVES OF CYCLIC CARBOXYL ACID SUBSTITUTED WITH ACILAMINE, ITS USE AS PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCTS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION AND PREPARATION METHOD |
WO2012082568A1 (en) * | 2010-12-16 | 2012-06-21 | Allergan, Inc. | Phosphorous derivatives as chemokine receptor modulators |
US9169214B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2015-10-27 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Compounds and compositions that bind and stabilize transthyretin and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions |
-
2013
- 2013-03-14 US US13/830,731 patent/US9169214B2/en active Active
- 2013-12-18 WO PCT/US2013/076213 patent/WO2014100227A1/en active Application Filing
- 2013-12-18 HU HUE13866060A patent/HUE038853T2/en unknown
- 2013-12-18 EP EP13866060.0A patent/EP2934514B1/en active Active
- 2013-12-18 PT PT13866060T patent/PT2934514T/en unknown
- 2013-12-18 RS RS20180966A patent/RS57572B1/en unknown
- 2013-12-18 LT LTEP13866060.0T patent/LT2934514T/en unknown
- 2013-12-18 PL PL13866060T patent/PL2934514T3/en unknown
- 2013-12-18 ES ES13866060.0T patent/ES2683994T3/en active Active
- 2013-12-18 JP JP2015549642A patent/JP6333289B2/en active Active
- 2013-12-18 DK DK13866060.0T patent/DK2934514T3/en active
- 2013-12-18 SI SI201331131T patent/SI2934514T1/en unknown
-
2015
- 2015-10-06 US US14/876,447 patent/US9642838B2/en active Active
-
2017
- 2017-04-05 US US15/480,139 patent/US9913826B2/en active Active
-
2018
- 2018-01-30 US US15/883,750 patent/US10398681B2/en active Active
- 2018-08-03 HR HRP20181268TT patent/HRP20181268T1/en unknown
- 2018-08-07 CY CY20181100823T patent/CY1120543T1/en unknown
-
2019
- 2019-07-12 US US16/510,574 patent/US10842777B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-10-20 US US17/075,519 patent/US20210260034A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2023
- 2023-01-03 US US18/092,709 patent/US20230390246A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (37)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
USRE28819E (en) | 1972-12-08 | 1976-05-18 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Dialkylated glycol compositions and medicament preparations containing same |
US4328245A (en) | 1981-02-13 | 1982-05-04 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Carbonate diester solutions of PGE-type compounds |
US4410545A (en) | 1981-02-13 | 1983-10-18 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Carbonate diester solutions of PGE-type compounds |
US4358603A (en) | 1981-04-16 | 1982-11-09 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Acetal stabilized prostaglandin compositions |
US4409239A (en) | 1982-01-21 | 1983-10-11 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Propylene glycol diester solutions of PGE-type compounds |
US4522811A (en) | 1982-07-08 | 1985-06-11 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides |
US6071495A (en) | 1989-12-22 | 2000-06-06 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Targeted gas and gaseous precursor-filled liposomes |
US5900252A (en) | 1990-04-17 | 1999-05-04 | Eurand International S.P.A. | Method for targeted and controlled release of drugs in the intestinal tract and more particularly in the colon |
US5840674A (en) | 1990-11-01 | 1998-11-24 | Oregon Health Sciences University | Covalent microparticle-drug conjugates for biological targeting |
US6010715A (en) | 1992-04-01 | 2000-01-04 | Bertek, Inc. | Transdermal patch incorporating a polymer film incorporated with an active agent |
US6024975A (en) | 1992-04-08 | 2000-02-15 | Americare International Diagnostics, Inc. | Method of transdermally administering high molecular weight drugs with a polymer skin enhancer |
US6274552B1 (en) | 1993-03-18 | 2001-08-14 | Cytimmune Sciences, Inc. | Composition and method for delivery of biologically-active factors |
US5709874A (en) | 1993-04-14 | 1998-01-20 | Emory University | Device for local drug delivery and methods for using the same |
US5985307A (en) | 1993-04-14 | 1999-11-16 | Emory University | Device and method for non-occlusive localized drug delivery |
US6004534A (en) | 1993-07-23 | 1999-12-21 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Targeted polymerized liposomes for improved drug delivery |
US5759542A (en) | 1994-08-05 | 1998-06-02 | New England Deaconess Hospital Corporation | Compositions and methods for the delivery of drugs by platelets for the treatment of cardiovascular and other diseases |
US5972366A (en) | 1994-11-28 | 1999-10-26 | The Unites States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army | Drug releasing surgical implant or dressing material |
US5983134A (en) | 1995-04-23 | 1999-11-09 | Electromagnetic Bracing Systems Inc. | Electrophoretic cuff apparatus drug delivery system |
US6316652B1 (en) | 1995-06-06 | 2001-11-13 | Kosta Steliou | Drug mitochondrial targeting agents |
US6167301A (en) | 1995-08-29 | 2000-12-26 | Flower; Ronald J. | Iontophoretic drug delivery device having high-efficiency DC-to-DC energy conversion circuit |
US6039975A (en) | 1995-10-17 | 2000-03-21 | Hoffman-La Roche Inc. | Colon targeted delivery system |
US6253872B1 (en) | 1996-05-29 | 2001-07-03 | Gmundner Fertigteile Gesellschaft M.B.H & Co., Kg | Track soundproofing arrangement |
US5985317A (en) | 1996-09-06 | 1999-11-16 | Theratech, Inc. | Pressure sensitive adhesive matrix patches for transdermal delivery of salts of pharmaceutical agents |
US6139865A (en) | 1996-10-01 | 2000-10-31 | Eurand America, Inc. | Taste-masked microcapsule compositions and methods of manufacture |
US5860957A (en) | 1997-02-07 | 1999-01-19 | Sarcos, Inc. | Multipathway electronically-controlled drug delivery system |
US6120751A (en) | 1997-03-21 | 2000-09-19 | Imarx Pharmaceutical Corp. | Charged lipids and uses for the same |
US6060082A (en) | 1997-04-18 | 2000-05-09 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Polymerized liposomes targeted to M cells and useful for oral or mucosal drug delivery |
US5948433A (en) | 1997-08-21 | 1999-09-07 | Bertek, Inc. | Transdermal patch |
US6267983B1 (en) | 1997-10-28 | 2001-07-31 | Bando Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Dermatological patch and process for producing thereof |
US6048736A (en) | 1998-04-29 | 2000-04-11 | Kosak; Kenneth M. | Cyclodextrin polymers for carrying and releasing drugs |
US6131570A (en) | 1998-06-30 | 2000-10-17 | Aradigm Corporation | Temperature controlling device for aerosol drug delivery |
US6271359B1 (en) | 1999-04-14 | 2001-08-07 | Musc Foundation For Research Development | Tissue-specific and pathogen-specific toxic agents and ribozymes |
US6256533B1 (en) | 1999-06-09 | 2001-07-03 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Apparatus and method for using an intracutaneous microneedle array |
US6261595B1 (en) | 2000-02-29 | 2001-07-17 | Zars, Inc. | Transdermal drug patch with attached pocket for controlled heating device |
WO2004056315A2 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2004-07-08 | The Scripps Research Institute | Compositions and methods for stabilizing transthyretin and inhibiting transthyretin misfolding |
US7214695B2 (en) * | 2002-12-19 | 2007-05-08 | The Scripps Research Institute | Compositions and methods for stabilizing transthyretin and inhibiting transthyretin misfolding |
WO2011140333A1 (en) * | 2010-05-07 | 2011-11-10 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Identification of stabilizers of multimeric proteins |
Non-Patent Citations (26)
Title |
---|
ALHAMADSHEH ET AL., SCIENCE TRANSLATIONAL MEDICINE, 2011 |
ALHAMADSHEH ET AL.: "Potent kinetic stabilizers that prevent transthyretin-mediated cardiomyocyte proteotoxicity.", SCI. TRANSL. MED., vol. 3, no. 97, 2011, pages 1 - 9, XP055104186 * |
ANSEL: "Introduction to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, 4th ed.", 1985, pages: 126 |
BUXBAUM ET AL., AM HEART J, vol. 159, 2010, pages 864 - 870 |
CHOI ET AL., BIOORG MED CHEM, 2011 |
CHOI ET AL., BIOORG MED CHEM, vol. 19, 2011, pages 1505 - 1514 |
COELHO, CURR OPIN NEUROL, vol. 9, 1996, pages 355 - 359 |
CONNELLY ET AL., CURR OPIN STRUCT BIOL, vol. 20, 2010, pages 54 - 62 |
CONNORS ET AL., AM HEART J, vol. 158, 2009, pages 607 - 614 |
CONNORS ET AL., AMYLOID, vol. 10, 2003, pages 160 - 184 |
E. STAHL: "Thin Layer Chromatography", 1969, SPRINGER-VERLAG |
J. MARCH: "Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4th ed.", 1992, JOHN WILEY AND SONS, article "Chapter 4" |
JACOBSON ET AL., NENGL J MED, vol. 336, 1997, pages 466 - 473 |
JIANG ET AL., PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA, vol. 98, 2001, pages 14943 - 14948 |
L. R. SNYDER AND J. J. KIRKLAND: "Introduction to Modern Liquid Chromatography, 2nd ed.", 1979, JOHN WILEY AND SONS |
LOUDON: "Organic Chemistry, 4th ed.", 2002, OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS, pages: 360 - 361,1084-1085 |
RAN ET AL.: "Non-Conjugated Small Molecule FRET for Differentiating Monomers from Higher Molecular Weight Amyloid Beta Species", PLOS ONE, vol. 6, no. 4, April 2011 (2011-04-01), pages 1 - 6, XP055257050 * |
REIXACH ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 101, 2004, pages 2817 - 2822 |
SARAIVA ET AL., HUM MUTAT, vol. 5, 1995, pages 191 - 196 |
SARAIVA ET AL., HUM. MUT., vol. 17, 2001, pages 493 - 503 |
See also references of EP2934514A4 |
SELKOE ET AL., NATURE, vol. 426, 2003, pages 900 - 904 |
SMITH; MARCH: "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 5th ed.", 2001, WILEY-INTERSCIENCE |
T. W. GREENE; P. G. M. WUTS: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 4th ed", 2006, WILEY |
VOGEL: "A Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, Including Qualitative Organic Analysis, 4th ed.", 1978, LONGMAN |
WOJTCZAK ET AL., ACTA CRYSTALLOGR D BIOL CRYSTALLOGR, vol. 52, 1996, pages 758 - 765 |
Cited By (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9340503B2 (en) | 2009-01-28 | 2016-05-17 | Karus Therapeutics, Limited | Scriptaid isosteres and their use in therapy |
US9676765B2 (en) | 2012-11-07 | 2017-06-13 | Karus Therapeutics Limited | Histone deacetylase inhibitors and their use in therapy |
US10150763B2 (en) | 2012-11-07 | 2018-12-11 | Karus Therapeutics Limited | Histone deacetylase inhibitors and their use in therapy |
US9862685B2 (en) | 2013-05-10 | 2018-01-09 | Karus Therapeutics Limited | Histone deacetylase inhibitors |
US10870624B2 (en) | 2013-05-10 | 2020-12-22 | Karus Therapeutics Limited | Histone deacetylase inhibitors |
US10407435B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2019-09-10 | Karus Therapeutics Limited | Diheteroaryl histone deacetylase inhibitors and their use in therapy |
US10533003B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2020-01-14 | Karus Therapeutics Limited | Polyheteroarl histone deacetylase inhibitors and their use in therapy |
WO2020037189A1 (en) | 2018-08-17 | 2020-02-20 | Eidos Therapeutics, Inc. | Formulations of ag10 |
WO2020128816A2 (en) | 2018-12-20 | 2020-06-25 | Pfizer Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions and methods comprising a combination of a benzoxazole transthyretin stabilizer and an additional therapeutic agent |
WO2022112919A1 (en) | 2020-11-25 | 2022-06-02 | Pfizer Inc. | (aza)benzothiazolyl substituted pyrazole compounds |
WO2023009612A1 (en) | 2021-07-28 | 2023-02-02 | Protego Biopharma, Inc. | Acoramidis (3-(3-(3,5-dimethyl-1h-pyrazol-4-yl)propoxy)-4-fluorobenzoic acid) derivatives for stabilizing transthyretin (tts) and inhibiting tts misfolding for the treatment of e.g. peripheral ttr amyloidosis |
WO2023052652A1 (en) | 2021-10-01 | 2023-04-06 | Sandoz Ag | Crystalline form of acoramidis hydrochloride |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
HUE038853T2 (en) | 2018-12-28 |
EP2934514B1 (en) | 2018-05-16 |
US20160081984A1 (en) | 2016-03-24 |
US20190000805A1 (en) | 2019-01-03 |
PT2934514T (en) | 2018-10-16 |
PL2934514T3 (en) | 2018-12-31 |
US10398681B2 (en) | 2019-09-03 |
EP2934514A4 (en) | 2016-06-08 |
US20210260034A1 (en) | 2021-08-26 |
US9169214B2 (en) | 2015-10-27 |
SI2934514T1 (en) | 2018-10-30 |
US20200093797A1 (en) | 2020-03-26 |
EP2934514A1 (en) | 2015-10-28 |
LT2934514T (en) | 2018-09-10 |
US10842777B2 (en) | 2020-11-24 |
DK2934514T3 (en) | 2018-08-20 |
HRP20181268T1 (en) | 2018-10-05 |
ES2683994T3 (en) | 2018-10-01 |
US20170340608A1 (en) | 2017-11-30 |
CY1120543T1 (en) | 2019-07-10 |
RS57572B1 (en) | 2018-11-30 |
JP2016504338A (en) | 2016-02-12 |
US20230390246A1 (en) | 2023-12-07 |
US9642838B2 (en) | 2017-05-09 |
US9913826B2 (en) | 2018-03-13 |
US20140179751A1 (en) | 2014-06-26 |
JP6333289B2 (en) | 2018-05-30 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10842777B2 (en) | Compounds and compositions that bind and stabilize transthyretin and their use for inhibiting transthyretin amyloidosis and protein-protein interactions | |
US8318699B2 (en) | Tumor necrosis factor inhibitors | |
US20060128784A1 (en) | Bis-heteroaryl alkanes as therapeutic agents | |
JP2008546714A (en) | Sphingosine kinase inhibitor | |
CN116897153A (en) | Triazole derivative and preparation method and application thereof | |
JPH01313467A (en) | Substituted 1-(1h-imidazole-4-yl-1)alkyl- benzamide | |
JP4550353B2 (en) | Hematopoietic prostaglandin D2 synthase inhibitor | |
EP1861395B1 (en) | 5-(1,3-diaryl-1h-pyrazol-4-ylmethylene)-thiazolidine-2,4-dione derivatives useful as anticancer agent | |
US10174015B2 (en) | Substituted heterocyclic derivative, preparation method and use thereof | |
US20090137637A1 (en) | Tetrazolyl-Methylene Amino Acid Derivatives | |
US10954200B1 (en) | Anti-angiogenesis compound | |
ES2362337A1 (en) | Derivatives of aminocyclitols, obtainment procedure and uses | |
WO2024102245A1 (en) | Allosteric modulation of muscarinic acetylcholine receptor efficacy | |
JP2019099505A (en) | Therapeutic agent for cerebrovascular disorders | |
AU2012200538A1 (en) | Tumor necrosis factor inhibitors |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 13866060 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2015549642 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2013866060 Country of ref document: EP |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |